WO2024027203A1 - Method for prompting notification message, and electronic device and readable storage medium - Google Patents

Method for prompting notification message, and electronic device and readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024027203A1
WO2024027203A1 PCT/CN2023/088734 CN2023088734W WO2024027203A1 WO 2024027203 A1 WO2024027203 A1 WO 2024027203A1 CN 2023088734 W CN2023088734 W CN 2023088734W WO 2024027203 A1 WO2024027203 A1 WO 2024027203A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
notification
notification message
information
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/088734
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张祖明
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2024027203A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024027203A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • G06F21/32User authentication using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voiceprints
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/60Protecting data
    • G06F21/62Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/60Protecting data
    • G06F21/62Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
    • G06F21/6218Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules to a system of files or objects, e.g. local or distributed file system or database
    • G06F21/6245Protecting personal data, e.g. for financial or medical purposes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/7243User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality with interactive means for internal management of messages
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72454User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to a notification message prompting method, an electronic device, and a readable storage medium.
  • a user may own multiple electronic devices at the same time, such as multiple electronic devices including mobile phones, computers, tablets, smart watches, etc.
  • electronic devices provide a notification flow function, so that notifications can be synchronized between multiple electronic devices. For example, when there is a new notification message in one of the electronic devices, The electronic device will send the notification message to other electronic devices, so that the user can see the notification message on any electronic device.
  • the notification message will be seen by other users on other electronic devices. If the notification message involves the user's privacy, the user's privacy will be compromised. Give way.
  • This application provides a notification message prompting method, an electronic device, and a readable storage medium, which can solve the problem in related technologies that the notification message prompting method easily leads to leakage of user privacy.
  • the technical solutions are as follows:
  • a notification message prompting method which is applied to a first electronic device, and the first electronic device and the second electronic device can realize notification synchronization.
  • the method includes:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, so that when the second electronic device receives the first notification message Then display part of the information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification;
  • the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device displays it in the form of a banner notification Part of the information in the first notification message to avoid leaking user privacy.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the current user of the second electronic device does not include the target user, then the first notification message is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device is not in use, or the users using the second electronic device do not include the target user, it means that the target user does not use the second electronic device, so there is no need to synchronize the first notification message to the second electronic device at this time.
  • Second electronic device In this way, the first electronic device is prevented from performing useless operations, and the intelligence of the prompt is improved.
  • the second electronic device when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use and the use state is not the first use state, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the third The target user of an electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device;
  • the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  • the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device only when the second electronic device is not in the first usage status, so that the second electronic device notifies with a banner.
  • the method displays part of the information in the first notification message, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first usage state.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device for the second electronic device to After the display state data is displayed, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar, and the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing is not performed on the first notification message.
  • the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device All information of the first notification message can be displayed in the notification bar.
  • the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
  • the second electronic device when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device sends the hidden state data and the displayed state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device.
  • the hidden state data is the key to the first notification message.
  • Data after information hiding processing, the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message.
  • the second electronic device can construct a second notification message related to the first notification message based on the display status data.
  • the hidden state data of the first notification message is also sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device hides the key information in the constituted second notification message, thereby achieving the purpose of hiding the notification message.
  • the first electronic device includes a first cross-device notification center, a first application connection framework and a first transmission module; when the second electronic device is in use, if If the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then provide the information to the third electronic device.
  • the two electronic devices send a first notification message related to the first message, including:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined If the current user of the second electronic device is the first cross-device notification center, the first notification message is encapsulated into the hidden data;
  • the first cross-device notification center sends the hidden state data, the displayed state data and the address information of the second electronic device to the first application connection framework;
  • the first application connection framework encapsulates the hidden data and the displayed data according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data;
  • the first application connection framework sends the encapsulated data and the address information to the first transmission module
  • the first transmission module sends the encapsulation data to the second electronic device based on the address information.
  • the hidden data and the displayed data are encapsulated according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol, so that the first cross-row device notification center does not need to pay attention to the underlying transmission protocol.
  • the packaging data also includes user information of the second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device does not need to query again, and the prompting efficiency of the notification message can be improved.
  • the method when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, before sending the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, the method further includes:
  • the current user status of the second electronic device is determined based on the user information in the query data.
  • the method when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or if the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then after sending the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, the method further includes:
  • the status update indication information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message.
  • the status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device synchronously updates the display status of the first notification message, thereby ensuring the effectiveness of the prompt.
  • a notification message prompting method is provided, which is applied to a second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device and the first electronic device can realize notification synchronization.
  • the method includes:
  • part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  • the first notification message when the first notification message is received, by determining the usage context of the second electronic device, and if it is determined based on the usage context that there may be a leak of user privacy, a part of the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification. information to avoid leaking user privacy.
  • the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the second electronic device cannot be determined.
  • part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification, including:
  • the usage status of the second electronic device is not the first usage status, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification based on the first notification message;
  • the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  • the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first use state.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar.
  • the second electronic device displays the first notification message in the notification bar, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first use state.
  • the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
  • receiving the first notification message sent by the first electronic device includes:
  • the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first electronic device. If the target user of the sub-device cannot determine the current user of the second electronic device, based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification, including:
  • part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  • the first electronic device sends the display status data of the first notification message to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device can construct a second notification message related to the first notification message based on the display status data.
  • the first electronic device also sends the hidden state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device hides the key information in the constituted second notification message, thereby achieving the purpose of hiding the notification message. Purpose.
  • the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center and a second notification management service framework
  • the situation is that the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined.
  • display part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification including:
  • the second cross-device notification center constructs a second notification message based on the displayed state data, and the second notification message carries the hidden state data;
  • the second cross-device notification center sends the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center
  • the second notification management service framework reports the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center
  • the second cross-device notification center displays the second notification message in the form of the banner notification, and the displayed second notification message includes the hidden state data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display status of the first notification message is updated according to the status update indication information.
  • the status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device synchronously updates the display status of the first notification message, thereby ensuring the effectiveness of the prompt.
  • a first electronic device in a third aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store information that supports the first electronic device in executing the notification message provided in the first aspect.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, so that when the second electronic device receives the first notification message Then display part of the information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification;
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the first notification message is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in the first use state, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or If the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then send the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device;
  • the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  • processing is also configured as:
  • the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device for the second electronic device to After the display state data is displayed, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar, and the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing is not performed on the first notification message.
  • the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the second electronic device When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device sends the hidden state data and the displayed state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device.
  • the hidden state data is the key to the first notification message.
  • Data after information hiding processing, the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message.
  • the first electronic device includes a first cross-device notification center, a first application connection framework, and a first transmission module; the processor is configured to:
  • the current user of the second electronic device encapsulates the first notification message into the hidden data through the first cross-device notification center;
  • the hidden data and The display state data is encapsulated to obtain encapsulated data
  • the encapsulation data is sent to the second electronic device based on the address information through the first transmission module.
  • the packaging data also includes user information of the second electronic device.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the current user status of the second electronic device is determined based on the user information in the query data.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, and the status update instruction information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message.
  • a second electronic device in a fourth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store information that supports the second electronic device in executing the notification message provided in the second aspect.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the usage status of the second electronic device is not the first usage status, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user, or it cannot be determined
  • the current user of the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification based on the first notification message;
  • the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar.
  • the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the first notification message displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, including:
  • part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  • the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center and a second notification management service framework
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the second cross-device notification center constructs a second notification message based on the displayed state data, and the second notification message carries the hidden state data;
  • the second notification message is displayed in the form of the banner notification through the second cross-device notification center, and the displayed second notification message includes the hidden state data.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the display status of the first notification message is updated according to the status update indication information.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the second aspect.
  • a seventh aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method for prompting a notification message described in the first aspect.
  • An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the second aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the software architecture of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a first face information synchronization process according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of face information collection according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart of storing query data of a second electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a switch setting process according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of storing query data of a second electronic device according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating several situations of determining whether to forward a notification message according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of a switch setting process according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 25 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • references to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” etc. in the description of this application mean that in this application
  • One or more embodiments of the invention include specific features, structures or characteristics described in connection with the embodiment. Therefore, the phrases “in one embodiment”, “in some embodiments”, “in other embodiments”, “in other embodiments”, etc. appearing in different places in this specification are not necessarily References are made to the same embodiment, but rather to “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • the terms “including,” “includes,” “having,” and variations thereof all mean “including but not limited to,” unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
  • the same user may own multiple electronic devices, and multiple electronic devices can constitute a hyper terminal.
  • mobile phones, tablets, laptops Computers constitute a super terminal; for another example, please refer to (b) in Figure 1.
  • Mobile phones, laptops, large screens, tablets, and smart watches constitute a super terminal.
  • notification synchronization can be achieved between the multiple electronic devices. That is, when there is a new notification message in one of the electronic devices, the notification message can be synchronized to multiple electronic devices.
  • Each other electronic device in the device correspondingly, each other electronic device can display the notification message in the form of a banner notification.
  • mobile phone 1 After mobile phone 1 receives a message through an instant messaging application, mobile phone 1 displays a notification message related to the message. In addition, mobile phone 1 also sends the notification message to tablet 2, and tablet 2 notifies with a banner. The notification message is displayed in a manner such that user A can see the notification message on the mobile phone 1 or the tablet computer 2.
  • user A may lend tablet 2 to another user (such as user B).
  • user B will see the notification message on tablet 2.
  • tablet computer 2 sends the desktop to user B's electronic device for display. In this way, when there is a new notification message on mobile phone 1 and the notification message is synchronized to tablet computer 2, user B will You will see this notification message on the electronic device you are using.
  • tablet computer 2 projects the screen to user B's electronic device. In this way, when there is a new notification message on mobile phone 1 and the notification message is synchronized to tablet computer 2, user B will be there.
  • This notification message is seen on the electronic device you are using.
  • the electronic devices of User B and User C are both projected onto Tablet 2, and both User B and User C are watching the screen of Tablet 2.
  • the notification message is synchronized to tablet 2, the notification message will be seen by user B and user C.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a notification message prompting method, which can automatically select a notification message prompting method according to the usage context of the electronic device.
  • the prompting method includes hiding and displaying key information in the notification message (such as a preview). content, contact information, etc.) or display the notification message normally, thereby ensuring that User A can see the notification message in a timely manner as much as possible while avoiding leaking User A's privacy in some situations.
  • the notification source information may include device information indicating which electronic device the notification originates from. Further, the notification source information may further include application information indicating which application program the notification originates from. For example, the banner notification is shown as 41 in Figure 4, and the key information includes "Notification Title: Basic Notification” and “Notification Details: Notification with Ringing, Vibrating and Flashing Light Parameters.”
  • FIG. 5 please refer to Figure 5.
  • User A is using Tablet 2, for example, watching a video, but User A’s face is not facing Tablet 2, that is, the camera of Tablet 2 is shooting.
  • the face image of user A cannot be collected within the range, or only a very small part of the face image can be collected, but the identity of the user of tablet 2 cannot be determined based on the face image.
  • mobile phone 1 displays the notification message; on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is playing video, it cannot be determined Whether the current user is user A himself. In this case, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2.
  • tablet 2 displays the notification message in the form of a banner notification and adds the key points in the notification message.
  • the information is hidden and only some basic information of the notification message is displayed. For example, assuming that the notification message is generated by the demoTM application in mobile phone 1, the banner notification displayed on tablet 2 is shown as 51 in Figure 5. It is not difficult to see that the key information in the notification message is not displayed in the banner notification. , only the above basic information and the prompt content of "1 notification" are displayed.
  • the device information in the basic information is "Honor Magic3Pro" and the application information is "Notification Test".
  • the banner notification displayed on tablet computer 2 Only the basic information in the notification message is displayed, excluding key information.
  • the banner notification displayed on the tablet computer 2 is shown as 61 in Figure 6 .
  • FIG. 7 User A lends tablet computer 2 to user B. User B and user C use tablet computer 2 to watch videos together, and tablet computer 2 can capture user B’s face image and User C's face image, the identities of User B and User C can be determined based on the collected face images. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message. On the other hand, although tablet computer 2 is playing video, it can be determined that The current users of tablet computer 2 do not include user A himself, so mobile phone 1 does not send the notification message to tablet computer 2. Therefore, as shown in Figure 7, the notification message will not be displayed on tablet computer 2.
  • FIG. 8 User A lends tablet 2 to user B.
  • User B is watching videos on tablet 2 with user C, but user B’s face does not match user C’s face. Facing the tablet computer 2, the camera of the tablet computer 2 can only collect part of the face image of user B and part of the face image of user C. The identity of user B and the identity of user C cannot be determined based on the part of the face image collected. identity.
  • an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message
  • mobile phone 1 displays the notification message, on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is in the video playing state and cannot determine the tablet computer 2.
  • the identity of the current user when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand mobile phone 1 displays the notification message, on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is in the video playing state and cannot determine the tablet computer 2. The identity of the current user.
  • mobile phone 1 will send the notification message to tablet 2.
  • tablet 2 displays a banner notification, but the banner Only the basic information of the notification message is displayed in the notification, and the key information of the notification message is not displayed.
  • a banner notification is shown as 81 in Figure 8.
  • Tablet PC 2 has other electronic devices projected onto the screen.
  • an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message
  • mobile phone 1 will display the notification message on the one hand, and on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is being mirrored, mobile phone 1 will The notification message is sent to tablet computer 2, but tablet computer 2 may not display the notification message in the form of a banner notification, but display the notification message in the notification bar in a traditional manner, that is, the notification message displayed in the notification bar Includes basic and key information.
  • the notification message displayed in the notification bar is as shown as 91 in (b) of Figure 9 .
  • tablet PC 2 mirroring other electronic devices.
  • an instant messaging app on the mobile phone 1 The application generates a new notification message, and then mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2.
  • tablet 2 can not display the notification message as a banner notification, but display it in the notification bar in a traditional way. In this way, the user cannot see the notification message in the current display interface of the tablet computer 2, but can view the notification message by pulling down the notification bar.
  • Tablet 2 displays the desktop of other electronic devices, that is, other electronic devices share the desktop to tablet 2.
  • mobile phone 1 When an instant messaging application generates a new notification message, on the one hand, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message; on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is sharing the desktop, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet computer 2, but Tablet PC 2 does not display the notification message in the form of a banner notification, but displays the notification message in the notification bar in a traditional manner. In this way, the user cannot see the notification message in the current display interface of Tablet PC 2, but can View the notification message by pulling down the notification bar.
  • the notification message displayed in the notification bar is as shown in 101 in (b) of Figure 10 .
  • tablet computer 2 displaying the desktop of other electronic devices.
  • tablet computer 2 sends its own desktop to be displayed on other electronic devices, when mobile phone 1 When an instant messaging application generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2.
  • Tablet 2 does not display the notification message as a banner notification, but in the traditional way in the notification bar. Display this notification message.
  • tablet computer 2 will not display any notification related to the notification message. That is, when any one of the multiple electronic devices has a new notification message, it can first be determined whether the other electronic devices are in use. If other electronic devices are not in use, the notification message is not sent to other electronic devices.
  • the notification message prompting method can automatically determine the usage situation of the tablet computer 2 when there is a new notification message in the mobile phone 1 of the user A. Therefore, for some scenarios, the mobile phone 1 will not send the notification.
  • the message is synchronized to the tablet computer 2, or the notification message is hidden and displayed in the tablet computer 2 after synchronization, thereby avoiding leakage of user privacy.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by interaction between a first electronic device and a second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device is an electronic device that generates notification messages, for example, the first electronic device is the above-mentioned mobile phone 1;
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device, for example, the second electronic device is the above-mentioned tablet Computer 2, it is easy to understand that the number of second electronic devices may be one or more.
  • the second electronic device and the first electronic device are connected to the same local area network and logged into the same account (generally refers to the account of the electronic device, such as the Honor account); or, the second electronic device and the first electronic device are connected to The same LAN, that is, you do not need to log in to the same account.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the software architecture of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Software systems of electronic devices can adopt layered architecture, event-driven architecture, microkernel architecture, microservice architecture, or cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of this application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software system of the electronic device.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer, application framework layer, system layer and kernel layer.
  • the application layer of the first electronic device may include a first notification sending module, a first cross-device notification center, a first notification configuration center, and a first security center.
  • the first notification sending module is configured to generate a notification message after receiving a new message.
  • the first notification sending module may be, but is not limited to, short message, instant messaging, call and other applications.
  • Instant messaging applications include but is not limited to WeChatTM, QQTM and other applications.
  • the first notification sending module when receiving a short message message, the short message application generates a notification message.
  • the first cross-device notification center is used to display the notification message generated by the first notification sending module. In addition, it is also used to determine whether to forward the notification message to the second electronic device, and if it is determined to forward the notification message to the second electronic device, send it through the bottom layer.
  • the first cross-device notification center is the SystemUI module. In one example, the first cross-device notification center is launched during the boot process.
  • the first cross-device notification center may include a first notification display sub-module and a first cross-device notification management sub-module.
  • the first notification display sub-module is used to display notification messages.
  • the notification messages can be sorted according to certain strategies, such as sorting according to the type of notification messages.
  • the first cross-device notification management sub-module is used to determine whether the notification messages should be sorted. The notification message is sent to the second electronic device, and if it is determined that sending is required, the notification message is sent to the application framework layer for sending through the bottom layer.
  • the first security center is configured to receive the first face information entered by the target user of the first electronic device, and synchronize the first face information to the second electronic device through the system layer, so that the second electronic device can act according to the first face information. Determine the user status of the second electronic device.
  • the first notification configuration center is used to monitor the switch status in the first electronic device.
  • the switch includes a switch for a smart hidden display notification function (hereinafter referred to as a smart flow switch).
  • the smart hidden display notification function can automatically select a notification message prompt method based on the device usage context.
  • the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch after being started, so as to determine whether to execute the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the application layer may include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include screencasting, calling, video, text messaging and other applications (not shown in Figure 11).
  • the screen mirroring application is used to implement the screen mirroring function.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a first notification management service framework, a first application connection framework, and a first decision engine.
  • the first notification management service framework is used to manage notification messages, for example, to receive the notification message sent by the first notification sending module and report the notification message to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first notification management service framework can also be used to manage and control some notification messages according to preset policies. For example, when receiving a notification message sent by an application, if the application has a do not disturb mode, then The first notification management service framework does not forward the notification message to the first cross-device notification center for display.
  • the first application connection framework is used to encapsulate the metadata to be sent by the first cross-device notification center according to the underlying transmission protocol, so that the encapsulated data can meet the transmission requirements of the system layer. Further, when the first cross-device notification center sends an update to the notification status, for example, when the notification message is deleted, the first cross-device notification center sends an update to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the connection frame is used to send status update indication information, which is sent to the system layer by the first application connection frame.
  • the status update instruction information is used to instruct the second electronic device to perform synchronous updates.
  • the first decision engine is configured to request the second electronic device to obtain terminal-side status information when the first cross-device notification center needs to know the usage status of the second electronic device, and when receiving feedback from the second electronic device, provide the feedback
  • the end-side status information is sent to the first cross-device notification center for storage.
  • the first decision engine can also be used to sense the status of the device, for example, it can sense the status of the first electronic device, and it can also sense whether there is currently a second electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device.
  • the system layer may include multiple functional modules, such as the first transmission module.
  • the first transmission module is used to establish a data transmission channel for data interaction between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, such as establishing a session connection to perform data interaction through the session connection.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the interior of the second electronic device also has the same structure as the first electronic device.
  • the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center, a second notification configuration center, a second security center, a second notification management service framework, a second application connection framework, a second decision engine, and a second transmission module.
  • Each functional module included in the second electronic device has the same or similar role as the corresponding functional module in the electronic device 100. For example:
  • the second notification configuration center is used to monitor the switch status in the second electronic device. For example, monitor the status of smart flow switches. Further, the second notification configuration center is also used to provide a notification flow switch, so that the user can trigger the notification flow switch to cause the second electronic device to turn on or off the notification flow function of the application.
  • the second security center is used to store the first face information from the first security center. Further, the second security center is also configured to load a camera driver when the user information of the second electronic device needs to be determined, so as to start the camera for image collection through the camera driver, and based on the stored first face information and the collected image to determine the face recognition results. Afterwards, the face recognition results can be sent to the second decision engine.
  • the second decision engine is used to determine the user information of the second electronic device based on the face recognition result, and is also used to sense the device status, such as determining the device status information of the second electronic device.
  • the second cross-device notification center is configured to receive encapsulated data sent from the first electronic device, and reconstruct the notification message based on the encapsulated data. Send the reconstructed notification message to the second notification management service framework.
  • the second notification management service framework is configured to report the reconstructed notification message to the second cross-device notification center.
  • the second cross-device notification center is also configured to determine a notification display mode based on the device status and user information of the second electronic device, and display the notification message according to the determined display mode.
  • the second application connection framework is used for transferring encapsulated data including notification messages. Further, after receiving the status update instruction information sent by the first electronic device, send the status update instruction information to the second cross-device notification center, so that the second cross-device notification center can update the status of the notification message. , such as deleting notification messages, etc.
  • the second transmission module is used to establish a data transmission channel with the first transmission module, such as establishing a session connection, so that data interaction can be carried out between the second electronic device and the first electronic device.
  • the second electronic device also includes a kernel layer, which at least includes a display driver, a camera driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
  • a kernel layer which at least includes a display driver, a camera driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
  • the first electronic device interacts with the second electronic device through multiple internal functional modules
  • the second electronic device interacts with the second electronic device through multiple internal functional modules.
  • the first electronic device can store the address information of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can store the second electronic device through the first decision engine.
  • the device's address information may store address information of each of the multiple second electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device before executing the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application, can synchronize the first face information of the target user to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device can subsequently
  • the first face information determines whether the user of the second electronic device includes the target user.
  • the target user refers to a user who can authorize the first electronic device.
  • the target user may be the owner of the first electronic device.
  • the target user is user A.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a face information synchronization process according to an exemplary embodiment. Specifically, it can include the following:
  • Step A1 The first security center receives the face information entry operation of the target user.
  • the facial information entry operation may be performed by the target user after purchasing the phone.
  • the first electronic device can provide a facial information entry function, so that the target user can enter facial information in the first electronic device according to prompts based on the facial information entry function. For example, when the target user wants to enter facial information, he can click the setting option in the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device displays the setting interface, as shown in Figure 13 As shown in figure (a).
  • the setting interface includes a "biometric identification and password" option, and the target user can trigger the "biometric identification and password” option.
  • the first electronic device displays the biometric and password setting interface, as shown in Figure 13 As shown in figure (b).
  • This biometric and password setting interface includes a "Face Recognition” option.
  • the target user triggers the "face recognition” option
  • the first electronic device displays a face recognition setting interface, as shown in (c) of Figure 13 .
  • the face recognition setting interface includes a "Start Entry” option.
  • the target user can trigger the "start recording” option
  • the first electronic device starts the camera and starts collecting face images, as shown in (d) of Figure 13 .
  • Step A2 The first security center receives the first face information.
  • the first electronic device receives the entered facial information through the first security center and obtains the first facial information.
  • the number of first face information in the first electronic device is one.
  • the number of first face information may also include multiple, that is, the number of target users who can authorize the first electronic device may include multiple, for example, it may include the machine of the first electronic device.
  • the owner and family members are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • Step A3 The first security center stores the first face information.
  • the first electronic device can store the first face information through the first security center.
  • Step A4 The first security center sends a query instruction to the first decision engine.
  • the query instruction is used to request to query the address information of the second electronic device.
  • the first decision engine can sense which electronic device or devices are currently performing notification synchronization with the first electronic device, so the first decision engine can determine the second electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device.
  • the electronic device that meets the specified condition is determined as the second electronic device.
  • the specified conditions can be set according to actual business needs.
  • the specified condition may refer to connecting to the same local area network and logging in to the same account.
  • the first decision engine may pre-store address information of the second electronic device. In this way, the first security center can query the address information of the second electronic device from the first decision engine.
  • the first decision engine may not store the address information of the second electronic device, but determine which second electronic device(s) exist in real time when receiving the query instruction sent by the first security center, and then, Address information of the existing second electronic device is determined.
  • step A4 can be executed after step A3, or before step A3, or in parallel with step A3.
  • Step A5 The first decision engine feeds back the address information of the second electronic device to the first security center.
  • the first decision engine may return to the first security center the address information of the electronic device (that is, the second electronic device) that meets the specified condition. It is easy to understand that the number of second electronic devices may be one or more.
  • Step A6 The first security center sends the first face information and the address information of the second electronic device to the first transmission module.
  • the first security center when there are multiple second electronic devices, sends the first face information and the address information of each second electronic device in the plurality of second electronic devices to the first transmission module.
  • Step A7 The first transmission module sends the first face information to the second electronic device based on the address information.
  • the first transmission module sends the first face information to the second electronic device based on the address information of the second electronic device.
  • the first transmission module when there are multiple second electronic devices, sends the first person to each second electronic device according to the address information of each second electronic device in the plurality of second electronic devices. face information.
  • the above description is based on the example of the presence of the second electronic device when the first security center queries the first decision engine.
  • the first security center may only store the first face information.
  • the first decision engine senses the presence of the second electronic device, it can notify the first security center so that the first security center can synchronize the first face to the corresponding second electronic device through the first transmission module according to the above process. information.
  • Step A8 The second transmission module receives the first face information.
  • the second electronic device receives the first face information sent by the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
  • Step A9 The second transmission module sends the first face information to the second security center.
  • the second transmission module After receiving the first face information, the second transmission module transmits the first face information to the second security center.
  • Step A10 The second security center stores the first face information.
  • the second security center stores the first face information in the database so that it can subsequently determine whether the user of the second electronic device includes the target user based on the first face information.
  • the above-mentioned operation of storing the first face information in the second electronic device is an optional operation and can be performed before the notification message is prompted.
  • the second electronic device can also obtain the first face information through the target user's face information entry operation, and store the first face information through the second security center, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first electronic device can query the usage status of a second electronic device. For details, see Figure 14.
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device interact as follows:
  • Step B1 After powering on, the first cross-device notification center sends a registration request to the first decision engine.
  • the registration request is used to request to obtain the address information of the second electronic device.
  • the first cross-device notification center after the first cross-device notification center is powered on, it can send a registration request to the first decision engine to register the device monitoring function, so that the first decision engine determines that there is an electronic device that meets the specified conditions (i.e. In the case of a second electronic device), the address information of the second electronic device is sent to the first cross-device notification center.
  • Step B2 The first decision engine feeds back the address information of the second electronic device to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the address information of the second electronic device may be stored in the first electronic device.
  • the second electronic device passes the first decision The engine stores this address information. In this way, when the first cross-device notification center queries, the first decision-making engine can feed back the address information of the second electronic device to the first cross-device notification center in a callback manner.
  • the first decision engine can notify the third electronic device through a callback.
  • a cross-device notification center In this way, the first cross-device notification center can learn which second electronic device(s) are currently present.
  • Step B3 The first cross-device notification center sends a query request to the first notification configuration center to query the status of the smart transfer switch.
  • This smart flow switch is used to turn on or off the function of smart hiding and display of notifications.
  • the first notification configuration center may provide a smart transfer switch, and the user can enable the function of smart hiding and display of notifications by turning on the smart transfer switch.
  • the user wants to turn on the smart transfer switch, he can click the setting option in the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device opens the setting interface. , as shown in (b) in Figure 15.
  • the settings interface includes a "HyperTerminal” option.
  • the user can trigger the "HyperTerminal” option, and in response to the user's triggering operation, the first electronic device displays the HyperTerminal setting interface, as shown in (c) of Figure 15 .
  • the hyperterminal setting interface includes service expansion option 151.
  • the user can click the service expansion option 151, and in response to the user's triggering operation on the service expansion option 151, the first electronic device displays an extended service setting interface, as shown in (d) of Figure 15.
  • the extended service setting interface includes an intelligent transfer switch, as shown at 152 in (d) of Figure 15, which is the switch for "host identification". In this way, the user can turn on the "owner identification" switch, so that the electronic device can turn on the function of smart hiding display of notifications.
  • the extended service device interface also includes an introduction to the notification intelligent hiding and display function provided by the embodiment of the present application. Information, etc., will not be described too much here.
  • the user can also turn on the "owner identification" switch according to the process shown in Figure 15 above, thereby turning on the smart hidden display function of notifications of the second electronic device.
  • the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch from the first notification configuration center after obtaining the address information of the second electronic device.
  • Step B4 The first notification configuration center feeds back the status of the smart transfer switch to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first cross-device notification center enters the following step B5; if the smart flow switch is turned off, it means that the function of notifying smart hidden display is turned on. The function is turned off. In this case, the first cross-device notification center can forward and display notification messages in the traditional way.
  • the first notification configuration center After the first cross-device notification center queries the status of the smart transfer switch, if the first notification configuration center detects that the status of the smart transfer switch changes, for example, the user turns off the smart transfer switch, the first notification configuration center The first cross-device notification center will be notified, so that the first cross-device notification center can know the status of the smart transfer switch in real time and accurately.
  • Step B5 When the smart transfer switch is turned on, the first cross-device notification center sends the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine.
  • the device query request is used to request to obtain the usage status of the second electronic device.
  • the first cross-device notification center also sends address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine, and the address information is used to determine which electronic device needs to be requested to obtain information indicating its usage.
  • the address information may be Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address information or media access control (media access control, MAC) address information, etc.
  • the first cross-device notification center may periodically send a device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine.
  • the cycle length can be set according to actual needs. For example, the cycle length may be 3 minutes.
  • the first cross-device notification center may also send the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine in real time.
  • the first cross-device notification center may directly query the status of the intelligent transfer switch without sending a registration request to the first decision-making engine after being started.
  • the first cross-device notification center periodically sends a device query request to the first decision engine.
  • the first decision engine each time the first decision engine receives a device query request, it queries the currently existing second electronic device in real time to determine the address information of the second electronic device, and then performs the following operation of step B6.
  • the embodiment of the present application is explained by taking the first electronic device provided with an intelligent flow switch as an example.
  • the first electronic device may not provide a smart transfer switch, that is, it may provide a function of smart hiding and display of notifications by default.
  • the first cross-device notification center may receive the first decision after receiving the first decision. After the center feeds back the address information of the second electronic device, it directly sends the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine.
  • Step B6 The first decision engine sends the device query request and address information to the first transmission module.
  • the first decision engine In order to send the query request to the second electronic device, the first decision engine combines the device query request and the address information Sent to the first transmission module.
  • this embodiment takes as an example the first cross-device notification center sending the device query request and address information to the first transmission module through the first decision engine.
  • the first cross-device notification center may also directly send the device query request and address information to the first transmission module, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Step B7 The first transmission module sends a device query request to the second electronic device based on the address information.
  • Step B8 The second transmission module receives the device query request.
  • the second electronic device receives the device query request sent by the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
  • Step B9 The second transmission module sends a device query request to the second decision engine.
  • the second transmission module After receiving the device query request, the second transmission module forwards the device query request to the second decision engine, and the second decision engine responds to the device query request.
  • Step B10 The second decision engine determines the device status information of the second electronic device.
  • the device status information is used to indicate the status of the second electronic device.
  • the state of the second electronic device may include a locked screen state, a black screen state, etc.
  • the state of the second electronic device generally includes a first use state and a second use state.
  • the first usage status generally refers to a usage status that does not allow notification messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  • the first usage status can be set according to actual needs.
  • the first usage status includes but is not limited to the screen casting status and the screen being mirrored status. status, shared desktop status, and Do Not Disturb mode status.
  • the shared desktop state refers to the first electronic device sending the display interface to other electronic devices for display, or the other electronic device sending the display interface to the first electronic device for display.
  • the second use state refers to other use states except the first use state.
  • the second decision engine can sense the device status of the second electronic device, it can determine the device status information of the second electronic device. Different states correspond to different device status information. In one example, different device status information can be indicated by different identifiers. As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in the first usage state, the determined device status information can be used to indicate the specific usage status, such as screen casting status or desktop sharing status. When the second electronic device is in the second use state, the determined device status information may use the same identifier to indicate that the second electronic device is in the second use state, that is, it is not the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, or the screen casting state. Shared desktop status, status of turning on Do Not Disturb mode. For example, when the second electronic device is in a game state, a video playing state, or a web browsing state, the determined device state information is "G", which is used to indicate that the second electronic device is in the second usage state.
  • the above description is based on an example in which the determined device status information is used to indicate a specific usage status when the second electronic device is in the first usage status.
  • the device status information may also use the same identifier to indicate that the second electronic device is currently in the first use state.
  • step B11 may be entered. Otherwise, if the second electronic device is currently in an unused state, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 .
  • Step B11 When in use state, the second decision engine sends a user identification request to the second security center.
  • the second decision engine can send the user identification request to the second security center.
  • User identification request is used to request The second security center identifies the current user of the second electronic device.
  • Step B12 The second security center collects images through the camera.
  • the second security center After receiving the user identification request sent by the second decision engine, the second security center can load the camera driver. After the camera driver is loaded, it drives the camera. In this way, the second security center can collect images through the camera. Normally, the second security center activates the front camera of the second electronic device by default and collects images through the front camera.
  • the collected image only includes the face of one user, which indicates that the number of users currently viewing the screen of the second electronic device is one.
  • the collected images include faces of multiple users, which indicates that the number of users currently viewing the screen of the second electronic device is multiple.
  • the collected images may not include human faces. For example, if the face of the user viewing the second electronic device is not within the shooting range of the camera, then the images collected by the camera will not include faces. human face.
  • Step B13 If the image recognition is successful, determine the face recognition result based on the first face information and the image; if the recognition is unsuccessful, determine the failure indication information as the face recognition result.
  • Failure indication information is used to indicate the reason for face recognition failure.
  • the second security center recognizes the image to determine the face recognition result.
  • face recognition may include the following situations:
  • Scenario 1 The second security center successfully recognizes the face of the image.
  • the second security center can identify the face information in the image (called the second face information), and can The user's identity is determined based on the second face information. In this case, the face recognition is successful.
  • the area threshold can be set according to actual needs.
  • the face recognition results determined by the second security center include the number of users and identity recognition results. Specifically, it may include the following two possible situations (1) and (2):
  • the second security center may match the second face information in the image with the pre-stored first face information to determine whether the current user of the second electronic device is the target user. If the matching degree between the second face information and the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching threshold, the current user of the second electronic device can be determined to be the target user. At this time, the number of users is determined to be 1, and the identity recognition result is Target users. Otherwise, if the matching degree between the second face information and the first face information is less than the matching threshold, it can be determined that the current user of the second electronic device is not the target user. At this time, it is determined that the number of users is 1, and the identity recognition result is Not the target user.
  • the matching threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, the matching threshold is 95%.
  • the second security center may compare each second face information in the plurality of second face information with the first face information respectively to determine whether the image includes a matching degree greater than or equal to the first face information.
  • the second face information of the matching degree threshold If the image includes second face information whose matching degree with the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching degree threshold, it means that the current users of the second electronic device include the target user. At this time, it is determined that the number of users is multiple.
  • the identity recognition result is that the target user is included; otherwise, if the image does not include the second face information whose matching degree with the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching degree threshold, it means that the current user of the second electronic device is not of the same type. Including target users, the number of users determined at this time is Multiple, the identification result does not include the target user.
  • the second situation the second security center fails to recognize the face of the image.
  • the second security center cannot recognize the second face information in the image, or the image does not include the second face information.
  • the second face information in the image, or the second security center can recognize the second face information in the image, but the user's identity cannot be determined based on the recognized second face information due to the small area of the face area. Face recognition fails in this case.
  • the face recognition results determined by the second security center include the following possible situations (3) and (4):
  • the second security center determines through face recognition that the image does not include a face area, or that the image includes a face area but the area of the face area is less than the area threshold, For example, when the face of the current user of the second electronic device is not facing the camera of the second electronic device, the image may only include a small part of the user's face area, such as only half of the user's face area, resulting in
  • the second face information determined by the second security center has a small amount of information, so it cannot determine the current user identity of the second electronic device based on the second face information. In this case, the face recognition fails.
  • the face recognition result determined by the second security center is: the identity of the user of the second electronic device cannot be determined.
  • the first preset identification can be used as the face recognition result, and the first preset identification is used to indicate that the identity of the user of the second electronic device cannot be determined.
  • the first preset identifier can be set according to actual needs, for example, the first preset identifier is "00".
  • the second security center cannot determine whether the image includes a face area through face recognition. Since then, the face recognition has failed.
  • the face recognition result determined by the second security center is: face recognition cannot be performed due to blurred images.
  • the second preset identification can be used as the face recognition result, and the second preset identification is used to indicate that the image cannot be recognized due to blur.
  • the second preset identifier can be set according to actual needs. For example, the second preset identifier can be "01".
  • the second security center when it performs face recognition on images, it can perform recognition through a pre-trained model, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Step B14 The second security center sends the face recognition result to the second decision engine.
  • the second security center In order to facilitate the second decision-making engine to feed back the user information of the second electronic device to the first decision-making engine, after determining the face recognition result, the second security center sends the face recognition result to the second decision-making engine for processing.
  • Step B15 The second decision-making engine determines the user information based on the face recognition results.
  • the second decision engine determines that the user information of the second electronic device includes one of the following possible situations:
  • the first case when the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is 1 and the identity recognition result is the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be: first indication Information, the first indication information is used to indicate that a single person is using the second electronic device and the user is the target user.
  • the second decision engine determines that the user information can be: Second Instruction information, the second instruction information is used to indicate that a single person is using the second electronic device and the user is not the target user.
  • the third situation When the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is multiple and the identity recognition result includes the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the third The third indication information is used to indicate that multiple people are using the second electronic device and the multiple people include the target user.
  • the fourth situation When the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is multiple and the identity recognition result does not include the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the third Four indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that multiple people are using the second electronic device and the target user is not included among the multiple persons.
  • the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the user's identity cannot be determined.
  • the second decision engine determines the user information as the fifth indication information.
  • Step B16 The second decision engine sends query data to the first transmission module, where the query data includes device usage status information and user information.
  • the query data includes not only the device status information of the second electronic device, but also the user information of the second electronic device.
  • the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is projecting, sharing the screen, or in a do-not-disturb state.
  • the user information includes first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, fourth indication information, or fifth indication information.
  • a type of instructional information is included in the second electronic device.
  • the second decision engine sends the query data to the second transmission module to send it to the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
  • Step B17 The second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device.
  • the second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device through the data channel established with the first transmission module.
  • Step B18 The first transmission module receives the query data.
  • the first electronic device receives the query data through the first transmission module.
  • Step B19 The first transmission module sends query data to the first decision engine.
  • Step B20 The first decision engine sends query data to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first decision engine sends the query data to the first cross-device notification center.
  • Step B21 The first cross-device notification center stores the query data.
  • the first notification center module can periodically obtain feedback from the second electronic device. Query data, and store the latest query data, so that the status of the second electronic device and the user situation can be learned in a timely manner.
  • the above-mentioned process of the first electronic device storing the query data of the second electronic device locally is an optional implementation method of the embodiment of the present application, and is executed before the prompt process of the notification message.
  • the first electronic device can also obtain and store the query data through other methods.
  • the first electronic device obtains and stores the device status information of the second electronic device in advance
  • the user information makes it easier to determine whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the stored query data when there is a new notification message a, thus ensuring the efficiency of notification circulation.
  • determining the user information on the second electronic device side avoids the need to send the first face information to a device such as a server for determination, thereby ensuring the security of the information and thereby improving the security of device use.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of a first electronic device querying the usage status of a second electronic device according to another embodiment, which specifically includes:
  • steps C1 to C10 please refer to step B1 to step B10 in the embodiment of FIG. 14, and details will not be repeated here.
  • Step C11 When in the non-use state, the second decision engine sends query data to the second transmission module, where the query data includes device status information.
  • the non-use state means that the second electronic device is in a lock screen state; when the second electronic device is not provided with a screen lock password, the non-use state means that the second electronic device is in a lock screen state.
  • the state refers to that the second electronic device is in a black screen state.
  • the query data only includes device status information of the second electronic device, for example, the device status information is used to indicate a black screen state or a locked screen state.
  • Step C12 The second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device.
  • Step C13 The first transmission module receives the query data.
  • Step C14 The first transmission module sends query data to the first decision engine.
  • Step C15 The first decision engine sends query data to the first cross-device notification center.
  • Step C16 The first cross-device notification center stores the query data.
  • steps C12 to C16 please refer to steps B17 to step B21 in the embodiment of FIG. 14 .
  • the query data is stored in the first electronic device
  • Figure 17 specifically includes the following possible situations:
  • the query data includes device status information and user information, it means that the second electronic device is currently in use.
  • the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the first use state, and the first use state is one of the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, the shared desktop state, and the do not disturb mode turned on state.
  • the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device, and determines that the notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed at this time.
  • the query data includes device status information and user information, it means that the second electronic device is currently in use.
  • the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state
  • the first cross-device notification center determines to forward the notification message a based on the user information, and whether the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed. .
  • it may include the following situations:
  • notification message a When it is determined based on the user information that the current users of the second electronic device only include the target user, it is determined that notification message a needs to be forwarded, and notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed.
  • the user information when the user information includes the first indication information, it means that a single person is currently using the third indication information.
  • the user is the target user.
  • the notification message a since the target user is using the second electronic device, the notification message a needs to be displayed on the second electronic device to prompt the target user, and there is no need to modify the notification message a performs hidden display. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device, and determines that the notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed.
  • the user information when the user information includes the third indication information, it means that multiple people are currently using the second electronic device and the users include the target user. In this case, since the target user is using the second device, Therefore, the notification message a needs to be displayed on the second electronic device to prompt the target user. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. In addition, since the current users of the second electronic device also include other users, it is determined that the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
  • the user information when the user information includes the fifth indication information, it means that the identity of the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined.
  • the current user of the second electronic device may include the target. user, so in order to avoid the target user missing the notification message a in this situation, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. In order to prevent the current user of the second electronic device from being another user, the first electronic device determines that the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
  • the user information when the user information includes the second indication information, it means that a single person is currently using the second electronic device and the user is not the target user. In this case, since it is not the target user who is using the second electronic device, , that is, there is no need to display the notification message a in the second electronic device, so the first cross-device notification center determines that there is no need to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device.
  • the user information when the user information includes the fourth indication information, it means that multiple people are currently using the second electronic device and the users do not include the target user. In this case, since the target user is not using the second electronic device, There is a second electronic device, so there is no need to display the notification message a on the second electronic device. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that there is no need to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device.
  • the third situation if the query data only includes device status information, then according to Figure 16, it can be seen that the device status information at this time is generally used to indicate that the second electronic device is currently in an unused state, such as a black screen state or a locked screen state. , at this time, it means that the target user is not using the second electronic device, and there is no need to display the notification message a on the second electronic device. Therefore, in this case, the first cross-device notification center determines not to forward the notification message a. to the second electronic device.
  • the first cross-device notification center stores device status information and the device status information indicates that the second electronic device In the first use state, the first use state is one of the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, the shared desktop state, and the do not disturb mode turned on state, that is, the query data includes device status information and user information.
  • the query data includes device status information and user information.
  • notification messages can be prompted according to the following process. Specifically, please refer to Figure 18.
  • the method may include the following:
  • Step D1 The first notification sending module receives the message m.
  • the type of message m is different.
  • the message m is a WeChat message.
  • the message m is an incoming call message.
  • the message m may also be a short message message, a repayment message, a phone bill arrears message, a courier pickup message, a product delivery message, a logistics tracking message, etc.
  • Step D2 The first notification sending module generates notification message a.
  • the first notification sending module is a WeChat TM application as an example
  • the WeChat TM application when the target user is chatting with other users through the WeChat TM application in the first electronic device, if other users use their mobile phones to send WeChat messages to the target user, then After receiving the WeChat message, the WeChat TM application generates a WeChat notification message, that is, the notification message a is a WeChat notification message at this time.
  • the first notification sending module is a calling application. When other users make calls to the target user and the target user does not answer the call within the answering time, that is, when there is a missed call, the calling application generates a missed call notification message. , that is, the notification message a at this time is a missed call notification message.
  • Step D3 The first notification sending module sends notification message a to the first notification management service framework.
  • Step D4 The first notification management service framework reports the notification message a and the application information of the first notification sending module to the first cross-device notification center.
  • This application information is used to uniquely indicate an application.
  • the first notification management service framework reports the notification message a to the first cross-device notification center for processing.
  • the first notification management service framework can also send the application information of the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a to The first cross-device notification center.
  • Step D5 The first cross-device notification center displays notification message a.
  • the first cross-device notification center receives the notification message a through the first cross-device notification management sub-module. After that, the first cross-device notification management sub-module forwards the notification message a to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first notification display sub-module displays the notification message a by the first notification display sub-module, so that the target user can view the notification message a on the first electronic device.
  • Step D6 When the smart transfer switch is turned on, the first cross-device notification center sends a switch query request to the first notification configuration center, and the switch query request carries the application information.
  • the switch query request is used to request to query whether the notification flow function of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information is enabled.
  • the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch during the process of querying the usage status of the second electronic device. status, and if the status of the smart transfer switch changes, the first notification configuration center will also notify the first cross-device notification center. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center can learn the status of the notification transfer switch in real time, that is, the first cross-device notification center The device notification center can determine whether the smart hiding and displaying function of notifications is currently turned on.
  • the first cross-device notification center can query and send the notification message a from the first notification configuration center based on the application information. Whether the first notification sending module has enabled the notification circulation function.
  • the first electronic device is provided with an intelligent flow switch.
  • the first electronic device does not include a smart transfer switch, but has the function of smart hiding and display of notifications by default, then in step D6, the first cross-device notification center directly sends the switch to the first notification configuration center Query request.
  • step D5 there is no strict execution sequence between step D5 and step D6.
  • Step D7 The first notification configuration center queries the corresponding first notification sending module according to the application information whether the notification circulation function has been enabled.
  • the first electronic device may provide a notification flow switch for different applications, and the notification flow switch is used to turn on or off the notification flow function of the corresponding application program.
  • the notification flow switch is used to turn on or off the notification flow function of the corresponding application program.
  • the user wants to set the notification flow function of an application, follow the path of "Settings" - "HyperTerminal” to open the HyperTerminal setting interface, as shown in (a) of Figure 19.
  • the user can click the "Super Notification” option in the Hyper Terminal setting interface.
  • the first electronic device opens the application notification flow setting interface, as shown in (b) of Figure 19 .
  • the application notification flow setting interface includes a notification flow master switch (the notification flow master switch may not be included), and a notification flow switch is provided for each application.
  • a notification flow master switch the notification flow master switch may not be included
  • a notification flow switch is provided for each application.
  • the user wants to turn on the notification flow function of a certain application, he can turn on the notification flow master switch and the notification flow switch corresponding to the application.
  • the first electronic device turns on the notification flow switch for the application.
  • Notification circulation function is not turned on for such applications.
  • the first notification configuration center only queries the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information.
  • Status according to the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module, determine whether the first notification sending module has turned on the notification flow function. If the notification flow switch corresponding to the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is turned on, it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a has been turned on. Otherwise, if the first notification sending module that sends notification message a If the corresponding notification flow switch is turned off, it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is not turned on.
  • the first electronic device also provides a notification flow master switch, that is, the "super notification" switch in the figure.
  • the notification configuration center In addition to querying the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information, the notification configuration center also queries the status of the main notification flow switch. According to the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information, combined with the status of the notification flow main switch, it is determined whether the first notification sending module has turned on the notification flow function.
  • the switch query result fed back by the first notification configuration center The notification flow function of the first notification sending module used to indicate sending notification message a has been turned on. Otherwise, if the notification circulation main switch is turned off, or the notification circulation main switch is turned on but the notification circulation switch corresponding to the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a is turned off, the switch query result fed back by the first notification configuration center is used to instruct the sending of the notification message.
  • the notification circulation function of the first notification sending module of a is not enabled.
  • Step D8 The first notification configuration center feeds back the query result of the function status to the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first cross-device notification center When it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a has been turned on, the first cross-device notification center performs the following operation of step D9.
  • the notification circulation function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is not turned on, the first cross-device notification center does not perform the following operation of step D9.
  • the first cross-device notification center can only display The notification message a is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
  • the first cross-device notification center can perform the above operations through the first cross-device notification management sub-module, that is, the first cross-device notification management sub-module can be used to receive notifications reported by the first notification management service framework. Notify message a, and query whether the first notification sending module that sends notification message a has enabled the notification circulation function.
  • Step D9 When the notification flow function is turned on, the first cross-device notification center determines to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the device status information.
  • the first cross-device notification center stores query data of the second electronic device that is periodically queried, so the first cross-device notification center can determine whether to forward the notification message a to the third electronic device based on the query data.
  • the device status information in the query data indicates that the second electronic device is in the first use state, it is determined that the notification message a is to be forwarded to the second electronic device.
  • the embodiment of the present application is based on the example of determining that the notification message a is to be sent to the second electronic device. If it is determined that notification message a does not need to be forwarded, the first cross-device notification center does not forward notification message a, and the operation ends at this time.
  • the first cross-device notification center receives After receiving the notification message a, it does not query whether the notification circulation function is enabled, but directly determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the query data.
  • Step D10 When it is determined that there is no need to hide the display, the first cross-device notification center encapsulates the notification message a into display state data.
  • the first cross-device notification center may encapsulate the notification message a according to the user situation of the second electronic device.
  • the usage state of the second electronic device is the first usage state
  • the first cross-device notification center can encapsulate the notification message a according to a conventional encapsulation method, for example, first decode the notification message a to determine that the notification message a includes
  • the notification content can then be encoded to obtain encapsulated data, which can be called display data.
  • Step D11 The first cross-device notification center sends display status data and address information to the first application connection framework.
  • the address information is the address information of the second electronic device and is used to indicate where the display data needs to be sent.
  • the first cross-device notification center calls the first response Use the data transmission interface provided by the connection framework to send the display state data to the first application connection framework.
  • the first cross-device notification center in order to facilitate the second cross-device notification center in the second electronic device to quickly display the notification message a in a corresponding manner according to the user information, can also use the second electronic device The user information is also sent to the first application connection framework.
  • Step D12 The first application connection framework encapsulates the display data according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data.
  • the first application connection framework encapsulates the display data according to the encapsulation format of the designated transmission protocol used by the first transmission module, so that the encapsulated data obtained after encapsulation can meet the underlying format requirements.
  • the specified transmission protocol can be set according to actual needs.
  • the specified transmission protocol can be transmission control protocol (TCP), etc.
  • Step D13 The first application connection framework sends encapsulated data and address information to the first transmission module.
  • the first application connection framework sends the encapsulated encapsulated data to the first transmission module, so that the encapsulated data can be sent to the second electronic device through the first transmission module.
  • a first application connection frame is added between the first cross-device notification center and the first transmission module.
  • the first cross-device notification center only needs to send the data to be transmitted to the first application connection frame.
  • the first application connection framework performs encapsulation according to the designated transmission protocol of the underlying layer, so that the application layer does not need to pay attention to the underlying transmission logic.
  • Step D14 The first transmission module sends encapsulated data to the second electronic device based on the address information.
  • Step D15 The second transmission module receives the encapsulated data.
  • the second electronic device receives the encapsulated data through the second transmission module.
  • Step D16 The second transmission module sends the encapsulated data to the second application connection framework.
  • Step D17 The second application connection framework parses the encapsulated data according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain display data.
  • the display data is encapsulated according to the specified transmission protocol
  • the encapsulated data can be parsed according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain the display data.
  • Step D18 The second application connection framework sends display status data to the second cross-device notification center.
  • the second cross-device notification center includes a second cross-device notification management sub-module and a second notification display sub-module.
  • the second application framework sends the display status data to the second cross-device notification management sub-module.
  • Step D19 The second cross-device notification center constructs notification message b based on the display state data.
  • the second cross-device notification center constructs the notification message b based on the display state data.
  • the second cross-device notification center can construct a notification message b with notification characteristics based on the display state data.
  • the second cross-device notification center may parse the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification management submodule to obtain the notification content of notification message a, and then construct notification message b based on the notification content.
  • the second cross-device notification center does not process the display status data. In this way, the notification message will not be displayed on the second electronic device. interest a.
  • the second electronic device does not include a function switch for intelligently hiding and displaying notifications, but has the function of intelligently hiding and displaying notifications by default, then the second cross-device notification center directly constructs a notification based on the received display state data. Message b.
  • Step D20 The second cross-device notification center sends the notification message b to the second notification management service framework.
  • the second cross-device notification center simulates the application to report the notification after constructing the notification message b.
  • the message flow is to send the notification message b to the second notification management service framework. In this way, it can be implemented without changing the original notification reporting process of the Andorid system, thereby avoiding affecting the stability of the system.
  • Step D21 The second notification management service framework reports the notification message b to the second cross-device notification center.
  • the second notification management service framework sends the notification message b to the second cross-device notification management sub-module in the second cross-device notification center according to the notification reporting method.
  • the second cross-device notification management sub-module can determine the method to display the notification message b in the following manner.
  • steps D20 and D21 are optional operations, and in another example, this operation may not be performed.
  • Step D22 The second cross-device notification center sends a device status query instruction to the second decision engine.
  • the second decision engine can sense the device status. Therefore, the second cross-device notification center can query the second decision engine for the current usage status of the second electronic device.
  • the usage status may be a shared desktop status or screen mirroring. Status etc.
  • the second cross-device notification center may send a device status query instruction to the second decision engine, so that the second decision engine feeds back information indicating the usage status of the second electronic device.
  • Step D23 The second decision engine returns the device status information to the second cross-device notification center.
  • Step D24 When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the first usage state, the second cross-device notification center displays the notification message b in the notification bar.
  • the second cross-device notification center When the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status, in order not to cause interference to the user watching the second electronic device, the second cross-device notification center does not display the notification message b in the form of a banner notification, but in the notification A notification message b is displayed in the column. As an example, since notification message b is no longer displayed in the current display interface, there is no problem of privacy leakage. Therefore, in the notification bar, the second cross-device notification center displays notification message b in a traditional way, as well. That is, the key information of the notification message b is displayed.
  • notification message b is constructed based on the notification content of notification message a, displaying notification message b is equivalent to prompting notification message a.
  • the second cross-device notification center is displayed in the form of a banner notification, and the displayed banner notification includes key information of the notification message a.
  • the banner notification displayed at this time can be shown as 41 in the figure.
  • the first electronic device determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device according to the usage context of the second electronic device, so as to avoid leaking the user's privacy in some situations.
  • the first cross-device notification center stores device status information and user information (that is, the query data includes device status information and user information).
  • the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state.
  • the status is a usage status other than the first usage status; the user information indicates that the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, or indicates that the current user of the second electronic device includes the target user and others other than the target user. Users, please refer to Figure 20.
  • the prompt method of the notification message may include the following content:
  • steps E1-E8 please refer to steps D1 to D8 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step E9 When the notification forwarding function is turned on, determine to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device according to the device status information and user information.
  • notification forwarding function When the notification forwarding function is turned on, if the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state, and the user information indicates that the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, it is determined that notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. Electronic equipment, and the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
  • Step E10 When it is determined that the display needs to be hidden, the first cross-device notification center encapsulates the notification message a into display state data and hidden state data.
  • the first cross-device notification center can encapsulate into two pieces of data, one of which is encapsulated in a conventional way to be displayed. State data; another piece of data needs to hide the key information in notification message a.
  • the key information can be replaced with specified characters to obtain hidden state data. Among them, the specified characters can be set according to actual needs.
  • the displayed data is always encapsulated, and the hidden data is determined whether to be encapsulated according to the current user situation of the second electronic device.
  • tags can be added to the displayed data and the hidden data respectively.
  • the displayed data can be added with the first tag value1, and the hidden data can be added with the third tag. Two labels value2.
  • Step E11 The first cross-device notification center sends display data, hidden data, user information and address information to the first application connection framework.
  • the data sent by the first cross-device notification center to the first application connection framework includes not only displayed data but also hidden data.
  • the first cross-device notification center can also send the user information of the second electronic device to
  • the first application is the continuation framework.
  • Step E12 The first application connection framework encapsulates the displayed data, hidden data and user information according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data.
  • steps E13 to E16 please refer to steps D13 to D16 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step E17 The second application connection framework parses the encapsulated data according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain unencapsulated data.
  • the unencapsulated data includes displayed data, hidden data, and user information.
  • Step E18 The second application connection framework sends unblocking data to the second cross-device notification center.
  • Step E19 The second cross-device call center constructs a notification message b based on the displayed data in the unblocked data, and the notification message b carries hidden data.
  • steps E20 to E23 please refer to steps D20 to D23 in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step E24 When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the video playing state, display the notification message b in the form of a banner notification according to the user information in the unblocking data.
  • the first electronic device can carry user information in the packaged data.
  • the second cross-device notification center can obtain the user information after unpacking the packaged data. Therefore, here, the second cross-device notification center
  • the notification message b can be displayed in a corresponding manner according to the user information.
  • the second cross-device notification center uses hidden data to replace the key information in the notification message b, and then displays Replace the processed notification message b, that is, the second cross-device notification center displays notification message b in the form of a banner notification, but the banner notification does not include the key information of notification message a.
  • the key information in notification message b is Message is replaced with "a notification”.
  • the banner notification displayed at this time can be shown as 81 in Figure 8.
  • the second cross-device notification center determines the display mode through the second cross-device notification management sub-module, it instructs the second notification display sub-module to display the notification message b according to the determined display mode.
  • the first cross-device notification center may also delete the notification message a at the local end.
  • the first cross-device notification center may send status update indication information to the second cross-device notification center, for example, send the status update indication information to the first application connection frame, and the first application connection frame forwards it to the first transmission module.
  • the first transmission module sends it to the second transmission module, and the second transmission module forwards it to the second application connection frame, and the second application connection frame transmits it to the second cross-device notification center.
  • the second cross-device notification center deletes the data related to the notification message a, such as deleting the notification message b and the encapsulated data, thereby achieving synchronization with the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the status and user information of the second electronic device. And when the notification message a is forwarded to the second electronic device and it is determined that the key information in the notification message a needs to be hidden, the key information in the notification message a is hidden and displayed. In this way, by automatically hiding and displaying notification messages, user privacy can be avoided and the intelligence of notification message prompts can be improved.
  • the above is based on the first electronic device determining that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device and determining that the notification message a does not need to be processed when the first electronic device determines that the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status. Take hiding display as an example.
  • the first electronic device may determine whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device and determine whether the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device will determine whether to forward and whether it needs to be hidden based on the user information.
  • the second electronic device queries the usage status of the second electronic device. When the second electronic device is in the first usage status, the notification message a is displayed in the notification bar. When the second electronic device is not in the first usage status, When in use, notification message a is displayed based on user information.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the example of displaying the notification message a in the notification bar when the usage state of the second electronic device is the first usage state.
  • the first electronic device can be configured according to the user status of the second electronic device. situation, choose not to forward notification message a, for example, when the user of the second electronic device does not include the target user, or forward the notification message to the second electronic device but the second electronic device displays part of the information of notification message a in the form of a banner notification , for example, when the users of the second electronic device include the target user and other users.
  • the second electronic device selects a corresponding manner to display the notification message a according to the user information.
  • the notification message is a communication notification message.
  • the notification message may also be other types of notification messages, for example, taking the first electronic device as a mobile phone 1 and the second electronic device as a tablet computer 2 as an example.
  • the calling application in mobile phone 1 will generate a notification message.
  • the notification message is the missed call notification.
  • Mobile phone 1 displays the missed call notification.
  • mobile phone 1 can determine whether to forward the missed call notification to tablet 2 according to the above process. When the forwarding is determined, the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in a corresponding manner according to the usage context.
  • the mobile phone 1 determines to forward the notification message
  • the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in the form of a banner notification and does not display key information
  • Key information such as contact information and ring duration are hidden in this banner notification.
  • the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in the notification bar
  • the tablet computer 2 can display the missed call notification in a traditional manner.
  • the above is a schematic diagram of the display effect of tablet computer 2 in landscape mode.
  • the notification message can be displayed in the banner notification.
  • the content of the notification message is displayed in separate lines, as shown in Figure 22, where "1 notification" can be displayed on the second line of the banner notification.
  • the basic information displayed in the notification message may also include time information, and the time information is used to indicate the generation time of the notification message. For example, as shown in Figure 22, the time information is "just now".
  • the electronic device capable of synchronizing notifications with the mobile phone 1 is a tablet computer.
  • the electronic device capable of synchronizing notifications with the mobile phone 1 may also be a mobile phone or a computer.
  • the notification message in mobile phone 1 can also be prompted according to the above situation, but the display format or display position of the notification message may be different.
  • the display effect can be shown in Figure 23.
  • the banner notification is displayed in the lower right corner of the computer.
  • the banner notification also includes "The content has been hidden, move the mouse here to view", which means that the user can move the mouse to the display position of the banner notification to view the notification details.
  • Step 2401 Receive the first message through application A.
  • application A is an instant messaging application
  • the first message is the above message m.
  • Step 2402 Generate a first notification message related to the first message through application A.
  • the first notification message is generated through the application program A.
  • the first notification message is a WeChat notification message.
  • Step 2403 Determine whether the function of smart hiding and display of notifications is enabled.
  • the smart hiding and display function of notifications can automatically select the prompt method of notification messages based on the device usage context.
  • the first electronic device notifies the first cross-device notification center to determine whether the function of notifying intelligent hidden display is turned on.
  • step 2403 If the function of notifying the intelligent hidden display is enabled, proceed to the following step 2403; otherwise, if the function of notifying the intelligent hidden display is not enabled, proceed to the following step 2408.
  • Step 2404 Query whether the notification flow function of application A is enabled.
  • the first electronic device may query the first notification configuration center through the first cross-device notification center whether the notification flow function of application A is enabled.
  • the specific determination process can be referred to step D6 in the embodiment shown in Figure 18.
  • notification flow function of application A If the notification flow function of application A is turned on, proceed to the following step 2405. Otherwise, if the notification flow function of application A is not turned on, proceed to the following step 2408.
  • steps 2403 and 2404 are optional operations.
  • the first electronic device may directly perform the following step 2405.
  • Step 2405 Determine whether to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device according to the pre-stored query data.
  • the query data includes device status information of the second electronic device. In another possible situation, the query data includes device status information of the second electronic device and current user information of the second electronic device.
  • the query data may be periodically obtained and stored through the first cross-device notification center.
  • the query data may be periodically obtained and stored through the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first electronic device determines whether to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device according to the pre-stored query data through the first cross-device notification center. For specific situations, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 . If it is determined to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device, proceed to the following step 2406; otherwise, if it is determined not to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device, proceed to the following step 2408.
  • Step 2406 Encapsulate the first notification message to obtain encapsulated data.
  • the first electronic device encapsulates the first notification message through the first cross-device notification center.
  • the first electronic device encapsulates the first notification message through the first cross-device notification center.
  • Step 2407 Send the encapsulation data to the second electronic device.
  • steps D13 to D14 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step 2408 End the prompt process.
  • ending the prompt process means that the first electronic device no longer prompts notification messages according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • status update indication information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device deletes the first notification message, thereby causing the first notification message to be deleted.
  • the prompt of the notification message is synchronized with the first electronic device.
  • This method can include the following:
  • Step 2501 Receive encapsulated data.
  • the encapsulated data includes display status data of the first notification message. In another possible situation, the encapsulation data includes display state data and hidden state data of the first notification message. For details, please refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 20 .
  • the encapsulated data also includes the user information of the second electronic device. In this way, when the first notification message needs to be displayed based on the user information, the second electronic device no longer needs to query the user information, thereby improving Display efficiency of notification messages.
  • the second electronic device receives the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification center.
  • steps D15 to D18 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step 2502 Determine whether the notification smart hiding display function of the second electronic device is turned on.
  • step 2503 When the notification smart hiding display function of the second electronic device is turned on, the following step 2503 is entered. Otherwise, if the function of smart hiding and display of notifications of the second electronic device is not turned on, the following step 2507 is entered.
  • step 2502 is an optional operation.
  • the second electronic device may directly perform the following step 2503.
  • Step 2503 Construct a second notification message based on the encapsulated data.
  • the second electronic device constructs a second notification message based on the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification center. Specifically, the second electronic device constructs the second notification message based on the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification management submodule. For its specific implementation, please refer to step D19 in the embodiment shown in Figure 18.
  • Step 2504 Query whether the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status.
  • the first usage state includes a shared desktop state, a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, and a do-not-disturb mode state.
  • the second electronic device queries the current usage status from the second decision engine through the second cross-device notification center, thereby determining whether the current usage status is the first usage status according to the query result.
  • step 2505 If the current usage status is the first usage status, proceed to the following step 2505; otherwise, if the current usage status is not the first usage status (for example, the second usage status), proceed to the following step 2506.
  • Step 2505 Display the second notification message in the notification bar.
  • steps D21 to D24 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Step 2506 Display the second notification message according to the user information of the second electronic device.
  • steps E21 to E24 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 .
  • Step 2507 End display.
  • step 2507 the second electronic device does not display the second notification message.
  • the second electronic device automatically selects a prompt message based on its current usage context.
  • the display method of a is that when it is determined that key information needs to be hidden, the key information is hidden, and in some first usage states, the first notification message is not displayed as a banner and the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar. In this way, not only can privacy leaks be avoided intelligently, but also the problem of visual interference to users caused by banner display notification messages can be avoided.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device may be the first electronic device or the second electronic device in the above embodiments.
  • the electronic device includes at least one processor 2601, a communication bus 2602, a memory 2603, and at least one communication interface 2604.
  • the processor 2601 may be a microprocessor (including a central processing unit (CPU), etc.), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the solution of the present application. Integrated circuit for program execution.
  • a microprocessor including a central processing unit (CPU), etc.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication bus 2602 may include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
  • the memory 2603 can be read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), optical disk ( Including compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), compressed disc, laser disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store Without limitation, any other medium that may be the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being accessed by a computer.
  • the memory 2603 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 2601 through the communication bus 2602.
  • the memory 2603 may also be integrated with the processor 2601.
  • the communication interface 2604 uses any device such as a transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (radio access network, RAN), wireless local area network (WLAN), etc.
  • a transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (radio access network, RAN), wireless local area network (WLAN), etc.
  • the processor 2601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 as shown in Figure 26.
  • the electronic device may include multiple processors, such as processor 2601 and processor 2605 shown in Figure 26. Each of these processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the electronic device may also include an output device 2606 and an input device 2607.
  • Output device 2606 communicates with processor 2601 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 2606 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device or a projector (projector), etc.
  • Input device 2607 communicates with processor 2601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 2607 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
  • the electronic device may also include a camera 2608 for collecting images, which may include at least a front-facing camera.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may be a general-purpose electronic device or a special-purpose electronic device.
  • the electronic device may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a handheld computer, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, Wireless terminal equipment, communication equipment or embedded equipment, the embodiments of this application do not limit the type of electronic equipment.
  • the memory 2603 is used to store the program code 2610 for executing the solution of the present application
  • the processor 2601 is used to execute the program code 2610 stored in the memory 2603.
  • the electronic device can implement the methods provided by the above embodiments through the processor 2601 and the program code 2610 in the memory 2603.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, such as from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) methods.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (such as floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (such as Digital Versatile Disc (DVD)) or semiconductor media (such as Solid State Disk (SSD)) wait.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioethics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

A method for prompting a notification message, and an electronic device and a readable storage medium, which belong to the technical field of terminals. The method comprises: a first electronic device receiving a first message; when a second electronic device is in a used state, if there are a plurality of current users of the second electronic device and the plurality of users comprise a target user of the first electronic device, or the current users of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sending, to the second electronic device, a first notification message associated with the first message, such that the second electronic device displays partial information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification after receiving the first notification message; and displaying the first notification message. A usage scenario of a second electronic device is determined, and when user privacy may be leaked in the use scenario, a first notification message is sent to the second electronic device, such that the second electronic device only displays partial information of the first notification message, so as to avoid the leakage of the user privacy.

Description

通知消息的提示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质Notification message prompting method, electronic device and readable storage medium
本申请要求于2022年7月31日提交到国家知识产权局、申请号为202210912816.6、申请名称为“通知消息的提示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requests the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on July 31, 2022, with the application number 202210912816.6 and the application name "Notification message prompting method, electronic device and readable storage medium", all of which The contents are incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及终端技术领域,特别涉及一种通知消息的提示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质。The present application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to a notification message prompting method, an electronic device, and a readable storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
随着终端技术的快速发展,一个用户可能同时拥有多个电子设备,譬如多个电子设备包括手机、电脑、平板电脑、智能手表等。在一种情况下,为了避免错过一些重要的通知消息,电子设备提供了通知流转功能,使得多个电子设备之间可以实现通知同步,譬如当其中某个电子设备中有新的通知消息时,该电子设备会将通知消息发送给其他电子设备,以便于该用户在任意一个电子设备上都能看到通知消息。With the rapid development of terminal technology, a user may own multiple electronic devices at the same time, such as multiple electronic devices including mobile phones, computers, tablets, smart watches, etc. In one case, in order to avoid missing some important notification messages, electronic devices provide a notification flow function, so that notifications can be synchronized between multiple electronic devices. For example, when there is a new notification message in one of the electronic devices, The electronic device will send the notification message to other electronic devices, so that the user can see the notification message on any electronic device.
然而,如果其他电子设备在被其他用户使用、共享桌面或者投屏等场景下,则通知消息就会被其他用户在其他电子设备上看到,如果通知消息中涉及用户的隐私,则导致用户隐私泄露。However, if other electronic devices are used by other users, sharing the desktop or mirroring the screen, the notification message will be seen by other users on other electronic devices. If the notification message involves the user's privacy, the user's privacy will be compromised. Give way.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通知消息的提示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质,可以解决相关技术中通知消息的提示方式容易导致泄露用户隐私的问题。所述技术方案如下:This application provides a notification message prompting method, an electronic device, and a readable storage medium, which can solve the problem in related technologies that the notification message prompting method easily leads to leakage of user privacy. The technical solutions are as follows:
第一方面,提供了一种通知消息的提示方法,应用于第一电子设备,所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备能够实现通知同步,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, a notification message prompting method is provided, which is applied to a first electronic device, and the first electronic device and the second electronic device can realize notification synchronization. The method includes:
接收第一消息;receive the first message;
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述第一通知消息后以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息的部分信息;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, so that when the second electronic device receives the first notification message Then display part of the information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification;
显示所述第一通知消息。Display the first notification message.
如此,通过确定第二电子设备的使用情境,在根据该使用情境确定可能存在泄漏用户隐私的情况下,将第一通知消息发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备以横幅通知的方式显示第一通知消息中的部分信息,以避免泄露用户隐私。In this way, by determining the usage context of the second electronic device, if it is determined that there may be a leak of user privacy according to the usage context, the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device displays it in the form of a banner notification Part of the information in the first notification message to avoid leaking user privacy.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:As an example of this application, after receiving the first message, the method further includes:
在所述第二电子设备处于非使用状态的情况下,不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备;或者,When the second electronic device is in a non-use state, do not forward the first notification message to the second electronic device; or,
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者 中不包括所述目标用户,则不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备。When the second electronic device is in use, if the current user of the second electronic device does not include the target user, then the first notification message is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
如此,如果第二电子设备未处于使用状态,或者,使用第二电子设备的用户不包括目标用户,说明目标用户没有使用第二电子设备,所以此时也就不需要将第一通知消息同步给第二电子设备。如此,避免第一电子设备执行无用操作,提高了提示的智能化程度。In this way, if the second electronic device is not in use, or the users using the second electronic device do not include the target user, it means that the target user does not use the second electronic device, so there is no need to synchronize the first notification message to the second electronic device at this time. Second electronic device. In this way, the first electronic device is prevented from performing useless operations, and the intelligence of the prompt is improved.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态且所述使用状态不是第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的所述第一通知消息;When the second electronic device is in use and the use state is not the first use state, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the third The target user of an electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device;
其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
如此,通过确定第二电子设备的使用状态,以便于在第二电子设备不是第一使用状态的情况下,才将第一通知消息发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备以横幅通知的方式显示第一通知消息中的部分信息,从而避免在第一使用状态下对用户造成干扰。In this way, by determining the usage status of the second electronic device, the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device only when the second electronic device is not in the first usage status, so that the second electronic device notifies with a banner. The method displays part of the information in the first notification message, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first usage state.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:As an example of this application, after receiving the first message, the method further includes:
在所述第二电子设备处于所述第一使用状态的情况下,将所述第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给所述第二电子设备,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述显示态数据后在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。When the second electronic device is in the first use state, the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device for the second electronic device to After the display state data is displayed, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar, and the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing is not performed on the first notification message.
如此,通过确定第二电子设备的使用状态,以便于在第二电子设备是第一使用状态的情况下,将第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给第二电子设备,从而使得第二电子设备能够在通知栏中显示第一通知消息的全部信息。In this way, by determining the usage status of the second electronic device, when the second electronic device is in the first usage status, the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device All information of the first notification message can be displayed in the notification bar.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。As an example of this application, the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
在上述几种状态下,由于用户通常精力集中于第二电子设备的桌面,所以,在通知栏中显示第一通知消息,可以避免给用户造成视觉干扰。In the above-mentioned states, since the user usually concentrates on the desktop of the second electronic device, displaying the first notification message in the notification bar can avoid causing visual interference to the user.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送所述第一通知消息的隐藏态数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。 When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends the hidden state data and the displayed state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device. The hidden state data is the key to the first notification message. Data after information hiding processing, the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message.
如此,通过将第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给第二电子设备,便于第二电子设备可以根据该显示态数据构造出与第一通知消息相关的第二通知消息。另外,还将第一通知消息的隐藏态数据发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备在构成出的第二通知消息中对关键信息进行隐藏处理,从而达到通知消息隐藏的目的。In this way, by sending the display status data of the first notification message to the second electronic device, the second electronic device can construct a second notification message related to the first notification message based on the display status data. In addition, the hidden state data of the first notification message is also sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device hides the key information in the constituted second notification message, thereby achieving the purpose of hiding the notification message.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一电子设备包括第一跨设备通知中心、第一应用接续框架以及第一传输模块;所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:As an example of this application, the first electronic device includes a first cross-device notification center, a first application connection framework and a first transmission module; when the second electronic device is in use, if If the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then provide the information to the third electronic device. The two electronic devices send a first notification message related to the first message, including:
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述第一通知消息封装成所述隐藏态数据;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined If the current user of the second electronic device is the first cross-device notification center, the first notification message is encapsulated into the hidden data;
所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述隐藏态数据、所述显示态数据和所述第二电子设备的地址信息发送给所述第一应用接续框架;The first cross-device notification center sends the hidden state data, the displayed state data and the address information of the second electronic device to the first application connection framework;
所述第一应用接续框架按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据进行封装,得到封装数据;The first application connection framework encapsulates the hidden data and the displayed data according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data;
所述第一应用接续框架将所述封装数据和所述地址信息发送给所述第一传输模块;The first application connection framework sends the encapsulated data and the address information to the first transmission module;
所述第一传输模块基于所述地址信息,向第二电子设备发送所述封装数据。The first transmission module sends the encapsulation data to the second electronic device based on the address information.
如此,通过第一应用接续框架,按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对隐藏态数据和显示态数据进行封装,使得第一跨行设备通知中心可以无需关注底层的传输协议。In this way, through the first application connection framework, the hidden data and the displayed data are encapsulated according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol, so that the first cross-row device notification center does not need to pay attention to the underlying transmission protocol.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述封装数据中还包括所述第二电子设备的使用者信息。As an example of this application, the packaging data also includes user information of the second electronic device.
如此,通过将第二电子设备的使用者信息发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备无需再次查询,可以提高通知消息的提示效率。In this way, by sending the user information of the second electronic device to the second electronic device, the second electronic device does not need to query again, and the prompting efficiency of the notification message can be improved.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息之前,还包括:As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, before sending the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, the method further includes:
根据存储的第二电子设备的查询数据中的设备状态信息,确定所述第二电子设备的状态,所述查询数据是周期性从所述第二电子设备中获取的;Determine the status of the second electronic device according to the device status information in the stored query data of the second electronic device, where the query data is periodically obtained from the second electronic device;
在所述设备状态信息指示所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,根据所述查询数据中的使用者信息,确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者情况。When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in use, the current user status of the second electronic device is determined based on the user information in the query data.
如此,通过预先获取查询数据,以便于当需要确定是否转发第一通知消息时,可以根据该查询数据进行判断,与实时查询相比,提高了通知消息流转的效率。In this way, by obtaining the query data in advance, when it is necessary to determine whether to forward the first notification message, the judgment can be made based on the query data. Compared with real-time query, the efficiency of notification message flow is improved.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息之后,还包括:As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first The target user of the electronic device, or if the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then after sending the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, the method further includes:
当所述第一通知消息的显示状态发生变更时,向所述第二电子设备发送状态更新 指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新。When the display status of the first notification message changes, sending a status update to the second electronic device Indication information, the status update indication information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message.
如此,当第一通知消息的显示状态发生变化时,通过向第二电子设备发送状态更新指示信息,从而使得第二电子设备对第一通知消息的显示状态进行同步更新,从而保证提示的有效率。In this way, when the display status of the first notification message changes, the status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device synchronously updates the display status of the first notification message, thereby ensuring the effectiveness of the prompt. .
第二方面,提供了一种通知消息的提示方法,应用于第二电子设备,所述第二电子设备与第一电子设备能够实现通知同步,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, a notification message prompting method is provided, which is applied to a second electronic device. The second electronic device and the first electronic device can realize notification synchronization. The method includes:
接收所述第一电子设备发送的第一通知消息;Receive the first notification message sent by the first electronic device;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
如此,在接收第一通知消息的情况下,通过确定第二电子设备的使用情境,在根据该使用情境确定可能存在泄漏用户隐私的情况下,以横幅通知的方式显示第一通知消息中的部分信息,以避免泄露用户隐私。In this way, when the first notification message is received, by determining the usage context of the second electronic device, and if it is determined based on the usage context that there may be a leak of user privacy, a part of the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification. information to avoid leaking user privacy.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:As an example of this application, the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the second electronic device cannot be determined. In the case of the current user of the device, based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification, including:
在所述第二电子设备的使用状态不是第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息;When the usage status of the second electronic device is not the first usage status, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification based on the first notification message;
其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
如此,在第二电子设备不是第一使用状态的情况下,第二电子设备以横幅通知的方式显示第一通知消息中的部分信息,从而避免在第一使用状态下对用户造成干扰。In this way, when the second electronic device is not in the first use state, the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first use state.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述方法还包括:As an example of this application, the method further includes:
在所述第二电子设备的使用状态是所述第一使用状态的情况下,在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息。When the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar.
如此,在第二电子设备是第一使用状态的情况下,第二电子设备在通知栏中显示第一通知消息,从而避免在第一使用状态下对用户造成干扰。In this way, when the second electronic device is in the first use state, the second electronic device displays the first notification message in the notification bar, thereby avoiding interference to the user in the first use state.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。As an example of this application, the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
在上述几种状态下,由于用户通常精力集中于第二电子设备的桌面,所以,在通知栏中显示第一通知消息,可以避免给用户造成视觉干扰。In the above-mentioned states, since the user usually concentrates on the desktop of the second electronic device, displaying the first notification message in the notification bar can avoid causing visual interference to the user.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述接收所述第一电子设备发送的第一通知消息,包括:As an example of this application, receiving the first notification message sent by the first electronic device includes:
接收所述第一电子设备发送的封装数据,所述封装数据包括所述第一通知消息的隐藏态数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息中的关键信息进行隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据;Receive encapsulated data sent by the first electronic device, where the encapsulated data includes hidden state data and displayed state data of the first notification message, where the hidden state data is performed on key information in the first notification message. Hide the processed data, and the displayed data is data for which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电 子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:The number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the first electronic device. If the target user of the sub-device cannot determine the current user of the second electronic device, based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification, including:
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the hidden state data and the displayed state data, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
如此,第一电子设备将第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备可以根据该显示态数据构造出与第一通知消息相关的第二通知消息。另外,第一电子设备还将第一通知消息的隐藏态数据发送给第二电子设备,使得第二电子设备在构成出的第二通知消息中对关键信息进行隐藏处理,从而达到通知消息隐藏的目的。In this way, the first electronic device sends the display status data of the first notification message to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device can construct a second notification message related to the first notification message based on the display status data. In addition, the first electronic device also sends the hidden state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device hides the key information in the constituted second notification message, thereby achieving the purpose of hiding the notification message. Purpose.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第二电子设备包括第二跨设备通知中心和第二通知管理服务框架;As an example of this application, the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center and a second notification management service framework;
所述在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:The situation is that the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined. Next, based on the hidden state data and the displayed state data, display part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, including:
所述第二跨设备通知中心基于所述显示态数据,构造第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息携带所述隐藏态数据;The second cross-device notification center constructs a second notification message based on the displayed state data, and the second notification message carries the hidden state data;
所述第二跨设备通知中心将所述第二通知消息发送给所述第二跨设备通知中心;The second cross-device notification center sends the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center;
所述第二通知管理服务框架将所述第二通知消息上报给所述第二跨设备通知中心;The second notification management service framework reports the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,所述第二跨设备通知中心以所述横幅通知的方式显示所述第二通知消息,显示的所述第二通知消息中包括所述隐藏态数据。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, The second cross-device notification center displays the second notification message in the form of the banner notification, and the displayed second notification message includes the hidden state data.
如此,可以在不改变Andorid系统原有的通知上报流程的基础上实现,从而可以避免影响系统的稳定性。In this way, it can be implemented without changing the original notification reporting process of the Andorid system, thereby avoiding affecting the stability of the system.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述方法还包括:As an example of this application, the method further includes:
接收所述第二电子设备发送的状态更新指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新;Receive status update indication information sent by the second electronic device, where the status update indication information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message;
根据所述状态更新指示信息,对所述第一通知消息的显示状态进行更新。The display status of the first notification message is updated according to the status update indication information.
如此,当第一通知消息的显示状态发生变化时,通过向第二电子设备发送状态更新指示信息,从而使得第二电子设备对第一通知消息的显示状态进行同步更新,从而保证提示的有效率。In this way, when the display status of the first notification message changes, the status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device synchronously updates the display status of the first notification message, thereby ensuring the effectiveness of the prompt. .
第三方面,提供了一种第一电子设备,所述第一电子设备的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持第一电子设备执行上述第一方面所提供的通知消息的提示方法的程序,以及存储用于实现上述第一方面所述的通知消息的提示方法所涉及的数据。所述处理器被配置为:In a third aspect, a first electronic device is provided. The structure of the first electronic device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store information that supports the first electronic device in executing the notification message provided in the first aspect. The program of the prompting method, and the data involved in storing the prompting method for implementing the notification message described in the first aspect. The processor is configured to:
接收第一消息; receive the first message;
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述第一通知消息后以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息的部分信息;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, so that when the second electronic device receives the first notification message Then display part of the information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification;
显示所述第一通知消息。Display the first notification message.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is further configured to:
在所述第二电子设备处于非使用状态的情况下,不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备;或者,When the second electronic device is in a non-use state, do not forward the first notification message to the second electronic device; or,
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者中不包括所述目标用户,则不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备。When the second electronic device is in use, if the current users of the second electronic device do not include the target user, the first notification message is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is configured to:
在所述第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的所述第一通知消息;When the second electronic device is in the first use state, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or If the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then send the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device;
其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processing is also configured as:
在所述第二电子设备处于所述第一使用状态的情况下,将所述第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给所述第二电子设备,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述显示态数据后在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。When the second electronic device is in the first use state, the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device for the second electronic device to After the display state data is displayed, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar, and the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing is not performed on the first notification message.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。As an example of this application, the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is configured to:
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送所述第一通知消息的隐藏态数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends the hidden state data and the displayed state data of the first notification message to the second electronic device. The hidden state data is the key to the first notification message. Data after information hiding processing, the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一电子设备包括第一跨设备通知中心、第一应用接续框架以及第一传输模块;所述处理器被配置为:As an example of this application, the first electronic device includes a first cross-device notification center, a first application connection framework, and a first transmission module; the processor is configured to:
在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则通过所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述第一通知消息封装成所述隐藏态数据;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device encapsulates the first notification message into the hidden data through the first cross-device notification center;
通过所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述隐藏态数据、所述显示态数据和所述第二电子设备的地址信息发送给所述第一应用接续框架;Send the hidden state data, the displayed state data and the address information of the second electronic device to the first application connection framework through the first cross-device notification center;
通过所述第一应用接续框架按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对所述隐藏态数据和 所述显示态数据进行封装,得到封装数据;Through the first application connection framework, according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol, the hidden data and The display state data is encapsulated to obtain encapsulated data;
通过所述第一应用接续框架将所述封装数据和所述地址信息发送给所述第一传输模块;Send the encapsulated data and the address information to the first transmission module through the first application connection framework;
通过所述第一传输模块基于所述地址信息,向第二电子设备发送所述封装数据。The encapsulation data is sent to the second electronic device based on the address information through the first transmission module.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述封装数据中还包括所述第二电子设备的使用者信息。As an example of this application, the packaging data also includes user information of the second electronic device.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is further configured to:
根据存储的第二电子设备的查询数据中的设备状态信息,确定所述第二电子设备的状态,所述查询数据是周期性从所述第二电子设备中获取的;Determine the status of the second electronic device according to the device status information in the stored query data of the second electronic device, where the query data is periodically obtained from the second electronic device;
在所述设备状态信息指示所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,根据所述查询数据中的使用者信息,确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者情况。When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in use, the current user status of the second electronic device is determined based on the user information in the query data.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is further configured to:
当所述第一通知消息的显示状态发生变更时,向所述第二电子设备发送状态更新指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新。When the display status of the first notification message changes, status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, and the status update instruction information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message.
第四方面,提供了一种第二电子设备,所述第二电子设备的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持第二电子设备执行上述第二方面所提供的通知消息的提示方法的程序,以及存储用于实现上述第二方面所述的通知消息的提示方法所涉及的数据。所述处理器被配置为:In a fourth aspect, a second electronic device is provided. The structure of the second electronic device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store information that supports the second electronic device in executing the notification message provided in the second aspect. The program of the prompting method, and the data involved in storing the prompting method for implementing the notification message described in the second aspect. The processor is configured to:
接收所述第一电子设备发送的第一通知消息;Receive the first notification message sent by the first electronic device;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is configured to:
在所述第二电子设备的使用状态不是第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息;When the usage status of the second electronic device is not the first usage status, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification based on the first notification message;
其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is further configured to:
在所述第二电子设备的使用状态是所述第一使用状态的情况下,在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息。When the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。As an example of this application, the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a state of turning on the Do Not Disturb mode.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is configured to:
接收所述第一电子设备发送的封装数据,所述封装数据包括所述第一通知消息的隐藏态数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息中的关键信息进行隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据;Receive encapsulated data sent by the first electronic device, where the encapsulated data includes hidden state data and displayed state data of the first notification message, where the hidden state data is performed on key information in the first notification message. Hide the processed data, and the displayed data is data for which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所 述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, based on The first notification message displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, including:
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the hidden state data and the displayed state data, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述第二电子设备包括第二跨设备通知中心和第二通知管理服务框架;As an example of this application, the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center and a second notification management service framework;
所述处理器被配置为:The processor is configured to:
通过所述第二跨设备通知中心基于所述显示态数据,构造第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息携带所述隐藏态数据;The second cross-device notification center constructs a second notification message based on the displayed state data, and the second notification message carries the hidden state data;
通过所述第二跨设备通知中心将所述第二通知消息发送给所述第二跨设备通知中心;Send the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center through the second cross-device notification center;
通过所述第二通知管理服务框架将所述第二通知消息上报给所述第二跨设备通知中心;Report the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center through the second notification management service framework;
在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,通过所述第二跨设备通知中心以所述横幅通知的方式显示所述第二通知消息,显示的所述第二通知消息中包括所述隐藏态数据。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, The second notification message is displayed in the form of the banner notification through the second cross-device notification center, and the displayed second notification message includes the hidden state data.
作为本申请的一个示例,所述处理器还被配置为:As an example of this application, the processor is further configured to:
接收所述第二电子设备发送的状态更新指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新;Receive status update indication information sent by the second electronic device, where the status update indication information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message;
根据所述状态更新指示信息,对所述第一通知消息的显示状态进行更新。The display status of the first notification message is updated according to the status update indication information.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的通知消息的提示方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的通知消息的提示方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the second aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的通知消息的提示方法。A seventh aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method for prompting a notification message described in the first aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的通知消息的提示方法。An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the notification message prompting method described in the second aspect.
上述第三方面、第五方面和第七方面所获得的技术效果与上述第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,另外,上述第四方面、第六方面和第八方面所获得的技术效果与上述第二方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the above-mentioned third aspect, fifth aspect and seventh aspect are similar to the technical effects obtained by the corresponding technical means in the above-mentioned first aspect. In addition, the technical effects obtained by the above-mentioned fourth, sixth and eighth aspects are similar. The technical effects are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the second aspect above, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图; Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图3是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图4是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图5是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图6是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图7是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图8是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图9是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图10是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图11是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种电子设备的软件架构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the software architecture of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment;
图12是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第一人脸信息同步流程的示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a first face information synchronization process according to an exemplary embodiment;
图13是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种人脸信息采集的流程示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of face information collection according to an exemplary embodiment;
图14是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种存储第二电子设备的查询数据的流程示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart of storing query data of a second electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment;
图15是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种开关设置流程的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a switch setting process according to an exemplary embodiment;
图16是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种存储第二电子设备的查询数据的流程示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of storing query data of a second electronic device according to another exemplary embodiment;
图17是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种确定是否流转通知消息的几种情况的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating several situations of determining whether to forward a notification message according to an exemplary embodiment;
图18是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通知消息的提示方法流程示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to an exemplary embodiment;
图19是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种开关设置流程的示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of a switch setting process according to an exemplary embodiment;
图20是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种通知消息的提示方法流程示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment;
图21是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图22是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图23是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to another exemplary embodiment;
图24是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种通知消息的提示方法流程示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment;
图25是根据另一示例性实施例示出的一种通知消息的提示方法流程示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic flowchart of a method for prompting notification messages according to another exemplary embodiment;
图26是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种电子设备的结构示意图。Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请的实施方式作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应当理解的是,本申请提及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,比如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,比如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请的技术方案,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。It should be understood that "plurality" mentioned in this application means two or more. In the description of this application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing related objects, It means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solution of the present application, words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish identical or similar items with basically the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order.
在本申请说明书中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申 请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。References to "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" etc. in the description of this application mean that in this application One or more embodiments of the invention include specific features, structures or characteristics described in connection with the embodiment. Therefore, the phrases "in one embodiment", "in some embodiments", "in other embodiments", "in other embodiments", etc. appearing in different places in this specification are not necessarily References are made to the same embodiment, but rather to "one or more but not all embodiments" unless specifically stated otherwise. The terms “including,” “includes,” “having,” and variations thereof all mean “including but not limited to,” unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
随着终端技术的快速发展,各种各样的电子设备得到广泛推广,譬如手机、平板电脑(也即PAD)、智能手表、笔记本电脑等。在一种可能的情况下,同一个用户(譬如用户A)可能拥有多个电子设备,多个电子设备可以构成超级终端,譬如请参考图1中的(a)图,手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑构成超级终端;再如请参考图1中的(b)图,手机、笔记本电脑、大屏、平板电脑、智能手表构成超级终端。在多个电子设备构成超级终端的情况下,该多个电子设备之间可以实现通知同步,也即当其中某个电子设备中有新的通知消息时,可以将该通知消息同步给多个电子设备中的其他各个电子设备,相应的,其他各个电子设备可以以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息。With the rapid development of terminal technology, various electronic devices have been widely promoted, such as mobile phones, tablet computers (also known as PADs), smart watches, laptops, etc. In a possible situation, the same user (for example, user A) may own multiple electronic devices, and multiple electronic devices can constitute a hyper terminal. For example, please refer to (a) in Figure 1, mobile phones, tablets, laptops Computers constitute a super terminal; for another example, please refer to (b) in Figure 1. Mobile phones, laptops, large screens, tablets, and smart watches constitute a super terminal. When multiple electronic devices constitute a super terminal, notification synchronization can be achieved between the multiple electronic devices. That is, when there is a new notification message in one of the electronic devices, the notification message can be synchronized to multiple electronic devices. Each other electronic device in the device, correspondingly, each other electronic device can display the notification message in the form of a banner notification.
接下来以该多个电子设备包括手机1和平板电脑2为例进行说明。请参考图2,手机1通过即时通讯应用程序接收到一条消息后,手机1显示与该消息相关的通知消息,此外,手机1还将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,平板电脑2以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,如此使得用户A在手机1或者平板电脑2上均可以看到该通知消息。Next, the plurality of electronic devices including the mobile phone 1 and the tablet computer 2 will be described as an example. Please refer to Figure 2. After mobile phone 1 receives a message through an instant messaging application, mobile phone 1 displays a notification message related to the message. In addition, mobile phone 1 also sends the notification message to tablet 2, and tablet 2 notifies with a banner. The notification message is displayed in a manner such that user A can see the notification message on the mobile phone 1 or the tablet computer 2.
然而,在一种可能的场景中,用户A可能将平板电脑2借给其他用户(譬如用户B)使用,如此以来,当手机1上有新的通知消息且将通知消息同步给平板电脑2后,用户B就会在平板电脑2上看到该通知消息。在另一种可能的场景中,平板电脑2将桌面发送至用户B的电子设备上显示,如此以来,当手机1上有新的通知消息且将通知消息同步给平板电脑2后,用户B就会在所使用的电子设备上看到该通知消息。在又一种可能的场景中,平板电脑2投屏至用户B的电子设备上,如此,当手机1上有新的通知消息且将通知消息同步给平板电脑2后,用户B就会在所使用的电子设备上看到该通知消息。在又一种可能的场景中,用户B和用户C的电子设备均投屏至平板电脑2上,用户B和用户C均在观看平板电脑2的屏幕,如此,手机1上有新的通知消息且将通知消息同步给平板电脑2后,该通知消息就会被用户B和用户C看到。However, in a possible scenario, user A may lend tablet 2 to another user (such as user B). In this way, when there is a new notification message on mobile phone 1 and the notification message is synchronized to tablet 2, , user B will see the notification message on tablet 2. In another possible scenario, tablet computer 2 sends the desktop to user B's electronic device for display. In this way, when there is a new notification message on mobile phone 1 and the notification message is synchronized to tablet computer 2, user B will You will see this notification message on the electronic device you are using. In another possible scenario, tablet computer 2 projects the screen to user B's electronic device. In this way, when there is a new notification message on mobile phone 1 and the notification message is synchronized to tablet computer 2, user B will be there. This notification message is seen on the electronic device you are using. In another possible scenario, the electronic devices of User B and User C are both projected onto Tablet 2, and both User B and User C are watching the screen of Tablet 2. In this way, there is a new notification message on Mobile Phone 1. And after the notification message is synchronized to tablet 2, the notification message will be seen by user B and user C.
由此可见,在上述几种可能的场景中,将用户A的手机1中的通知消息同步给用户A的平板电脑2后,针对用户A的通知消息容易被其他用户看到,从而可能导致泄露用户A的隐私。It can be seen that in the above possible scenarios, after the notification message in user A's mobile phone 1 is synchronized to user A's tablet 2, the notification message for user A is easily seen by other users, which may lead to leakage User A’s privacy.
为此,本申请实施例提供了一种通知消息的提示方法,该方法可以根据电子设备的使用情境,自动选择通知消息的提示方式,该提示方式包括隐藏显示通知消息中的关键信息(譬如预览内容、联系人信息等)或正常显示通知消息,从而在尽可能地保证用户A能够及时看到通知消息的同时,避免在一些情境下泄露用户A的隐私。To this end, embodiments of the present application provide a notification message prompting method, which can automatically select a notification message prompting method according to the usage context of the electronic device. The prompting method includes hiding and displaying key information in the notification message (such as a preview). content, contact information, etc.) or display the notification message normally, thereby ensuring that User A can see the notification message in a timely manner as much as possible while avoiding leaking User A's privacy in some situations.
为了便于理解,接下来通过如下几个示例对本申请实施例提供的通知消息的提示方法的应用场景进行介绍。For ease of understanding, the following examples are used to introduce the application scenarios of the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
在一个示例中,请参考图3,用户A将平板电脑2借给用户B使用,用户B使用 平板电脑2看视频且用户B的面部正对着平板电脑2,也即平板电脑2的摄像头能够在拍摄范围内采集到用户B大部分甚至全部的人脸图像,图中的虚线表示摄像头的拍摄范围。在该种情况下,若手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息,则手机1显示该通知消息,另外,由于平板电脑2正处于播放视频状态且可以确定当前的使用者不是用户A本人,所以手机1不将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,所以如图3所示,平板电脑2中不会显示该通知消息。In one example, please refer to Figure 3, User A lends Tablet 2 to User B, who uses Tablet 2 is watching a video and User B’s face is facing Tablet 2. That is, the camera of Tablet 2 can capture most or even all of User B’s face images within the shooting range. The dotted line in the figure indicates the shooting of the camera. scope. In this case, if an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message. In addition, because tablet computer 2 is playing video and it can be determined that the current user is not the user A is myself, so mobile phone 1 does not send the notification message to tablet computer 2, so as shown in Figure 3, the notification message will not be displayed on tablet computer 2.
在另一个示例中,请参考图4,仅用户A自己在使用平板电脑2,譬如使用平板电脑2看视频,并且用户A的面部正对着平板电脑2,也即平板电脑2的摄像头能够在拍摄范围内采集到用户A的大部分甚至全部的人脸图像。在该种情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2正处于播放视频状态且可以确定当前的使用者是用户A本人,所以手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,之后,平板电脑2以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,该横幅通知中除了包括基本信息外,还包括该通知消息中的关键信息。在一个示例中,基本信息包括通知来源信息等。通知来源信息可以包括用于指示来源于哪个电子设备的设备信息,进一步地,通知来源信息还可以包括用于指示来源于哪个应用程序的应用信息。示例性地,该横幅通知如图4中的41所示,该关键信息包括“通知标题:基本通知”以及“通知详情:带响铃振动闪灯参数的通知”。In another example, please refer to Figure 4. Only user A is using tablet 2, for example, using tablet 2 to watch videos, and user A’s face is facing tablet 2, that is, the camera of tablet 2 can Most or even all face images of user A are collected within the shooting range. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand mobile phone 1 displays the notification message, on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is playing video and can determine the current The user is user A himself, so mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2. After that, tablet 2 displays the notification message in the form of a banner notification. In addition to basic information, the banner notification also includes the notification message. key information. In one example, the basic information includes notification source information and so on. The notification source information may include device information indicating which electronic device the notification originates from. Further, the notification source information may further include application information indicating which application program the notification originates from. For example, the banner notification is shown as 41 in Figure 4, and the key information includes "Notification Title: Basic Notification" and "Notification Details: Notification with Ringing, Vibrating and Flashing Light Parameters."
在另一个示例中,请参考图5,用户A自己在使用平板电脑2,譬如使用平板电脑2看视频,但用户A的面部没有正对着平板电脑2,也即平板电脑2的摄像头在拍摄范围内无法采集到用户A的人脸图像,或者仅能采集到极少部分的人脸图像但基于该人脸图像无法确定平板电脑2的使用者身份。在该种情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面,手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2正处于播放视频状态,但无法确定当前的使用者是否是用户A本人,该种情况下,手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,之后,平板电脑2以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,并对该通知消息中的关键信息进行隐藏,仅显示该通知消息的一些基本信息。譬如以该通知消息是手机1中的demoTM应用程序生成的为例,平板电脑2中显示的横幅通知如图5中的51所示,不难看出,横幅通知中没有显示通知消息中的关键信息,仅显示了上述基本信息和“1个通知”的提示内容,该基本信息中的设备信息为“荣耀Magic3Pro”以及应用信息为“通知测试”。In another example, please refer to Figure 5. User A is using Tablet 2, for example, watching a video, but User A’s face is not facing Tablet 2, that is, the camera of Tablet 2 is shooting. The face image of user A cannot be collected within the range, or only a very small part of the face image can be collected, but the identity of the user of tablet 2 cannot be determined based on the face image. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message; on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is playing video, it cannot be determined Whether the current user is user A himself. In this case, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2. After that, tablet 2 displays the notification message in the form of a banner notification and adds the key points in the notification message. The information is hidden and only some basic information of the notification message is displayed. For example, assuming that the notification message is generated by the demoTM application in mobile phone 1, the banner notification displayed on tablet 2 is shown as 51 in Figure 5. It is not difficult to see that the key information in the notification message is not displayed in the banner notification. , only the above basic information and the prompt content of "1 notification" are displayed. The device information in the basic information is "Honor Magic3Pro" and the application information is "Notification Test".
在另一个示例中,请参考图6,用户A与用户B一起在平板电脑2上看视频,且用户A与用户B均正对着平板电脑2,也即平板电脑2的摄像头能够采集到用户A的人脸图像以及用户B的人脸图像。该种情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2处于播放视频状态,且可以确定平板电脑2当前的使用者包括用户A本人,所以手机1将该通知消息发送至平板电脑2,之后,平板电脑2显示该横幅通知,以便于用户A在观看平板电脑2的过程中可以获知手机1中有新的通知消息,另外由于平板电脑2当前的使用者除了包括用户A之外还包括用户B,所以,为了避免该通知消息中的关键信息被用户B看到,平板电脑2中显示的横幅通知仅显示该通知消息中的基本信息,不包括关键信息。譬如平板电脑2显示的横幅通知如图6中的61所示。 In another example, please refer to Figure 6. User A and User B watch a video together on tablet 2, and both user A and user B are facing tablet 2. That is, the camera of tablet 2 can capture the user A's face image and user B's face image. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand mobile phone 1 displays the notification message, on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is in the video playing state, and tablet computer 2 can be determined The current users include user A himself, so mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet computer 2. After that, tablet computer 2 displays the banner notification so that user A can know that there is something in mobile phone 1 while watching tablet computer 2. New notification message. In addition, since the current users of tablet computer 2 include user B in addition to user A, in order to prevent the key information in the notification message from being seen by user B, the banner notification displayed on tablet computer 2 Only the basic information in the notification message is displayed, excluding key information. For example, the banner notification displayed on the tablet computer 2 is shown as 61 in Figure 6 .
在另一个示例中,请参考图7,用户A将平板电脑2借给用户B使用,用户B与用户C一起使用平板电脑2看视频,且平板电脑2能够采集到用户B的人脸图像以及用户C的人脸图像,根据所采集的人脸图像能够确定用户B与用户C的身份。在该种情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,虽然平板电脑2正处于播放视频状态,但由于可以确定平板电脑2当前的使用者不包括用户A本人,所以手机1不将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,所以如图7所示,平板电脑2中不会显示该通知消息。In another example, please refer to Figure 7. User A lends tablet computer 2 to user B. User B and user C use tablet computer 2 to watch videos together, and tablet computer 2 can capture user B’s face image and User C's face image, the identities of User B and User C can be determined based on the collected face images. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message. On the other hand, although tablet computer 2 is playing video, it can be determined that The current users of tablet computer 2 do not include user A himself, so mobile phone 1 does not send the notification message to tablet computer 2. Therefore, as shown in Figure 7, the notification message will not be displayed on tablet computer 2.
在另一个示例中,请参考图8,用户A将平板电脑2借给用户B使用,用户B正在与用户C一起在平板电脑2上看视频,但用户B的面部与用户C的面部均没有正对着平板电脑2,平板电脑2的摄像头仅能够采集到用户B的部分人脸图像以及用户C的部分人脸图像,根据所采集的部分人脸图像无法确定用户B的身份和用户C的身份。在该种情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2处于播放视频状态中且无法确定平板电脑2当前的使用者的身份,为了避免平板电脑2的使用者中可能包括用户A的情况,所以手机1会将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,之后,平板电脑2显示横幅通知,但该横幅通知中仅显示该通知消息的基本信息,不显示该通知消息的关键信息,譬如横幅通知如图8中的81所示。In another example, please refer to Figure 8. User A lends tablet 2 to user B. User B is watching videos on tablet 2 with user C, but user B’s face does not match user C’s face. Facing the tablet computer 2, the camera of the tablet computer 2 can only collect part of the face image of user B and part of the face image of user C. The identity of user B and the identity of user C cannot be determined based on the part of the face image collected. identity. In this case, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand mobile phone 1 displays the notification message, on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is in the video playing state and cannot determine the tablet computer 2. The identity of the current user. In order to avoid the situation that the users of tablet 2 may include user A, mobile phone 1 will send the notification message to tablet 2. After that, tablet 2 displays a banner notification, but the banner Only the basic information of the notification message is displayed in the notification, and the key information of the notification message is not displayed. For example, a banner notification is shown as 81 in Figure 8.
在一个示例中,请参考图9中的(a)图,平板电脑2中投屏有其他电子设备。该种情况下,若手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息,则一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2正处于被投屏状态,所以手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,但平板电脑2可以不以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,而是在通知栏中按照传统的方式显示该通知消息,也即在通知栏中显示的通知消息包括基本信息和关键信息。如此,用户在平板电脑2当前的显示界面中看不到该通知消息,但可以通过下拉通知栏看到该通知消息。示例性地,通知栏中显示的通知消息如图9中的(b)图中的91所示。In an example, please refer to (a) in Figure 9. Tablet PC 2 has other electronic devices projected onto the screen. In this case, if an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 will display the notification message on the one hand, and on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is being mirrored, mobile phone 1 will The notification message is sent to tablet computer 2, but tablet computer 2 may not display the notification message in the form of a banner notification, but display the notification message in the notification bar in a traditional manner, that is, the notification message displayed in the notification bar Includes basic and key information. In this way, the user cannot see the notification message in the current display interface of the tablet computer 2, but can see the notification message by pulling down the notification bar. For example, the notification message displayed in the notification bar is as shown as 91 in (b) of Figure 9 .
需要说明的是,上述是以平板电脑2中投屏有其他电子设备为例,在另一个示例中,在平板电脑2投屏至其他电子设备中的情况下,若手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息,则手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,此时,平板电脑2可以不以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,而是在通知栏中按照传统的方式显示该通知消息,如此,用户在平板电脑2当前的显示界面中看不到该通知消息,但可以通过下拉通知栏查看该通知消息。It should be noted that the above is an example of the tablet PC 2 mirroring other electronic devices. In another example, when the tablet PC 2 mirrors the screen to other electronic devices, if an instant messaging app on the mobile phone 1 The application generates a new notification message, and then mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2. At this time, tablet 2 can not display the notification message as a banner notification, but display it in the notification bar in a traditional way. In this way, the user cannot see the notification message in the current display interface of the tablet computer 2, but can view the notification message by pulling down the notification bar.
在另一个示例中,请参考图10中的(a)图,平板电脑2中显示有其他电子设备的桌面,也即其他电子设备将桌面共享至平板电脑2上,此时,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2正处于共享桌面状态,所以手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,但平板电脑2不以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,而是在通知栏中按照传统的方式显示该通知消息,如此,用户在平板电脑2当前的显示界面中看不到该通知消息,但可以通过下拉通知栏查看该通知消息。示例性地,通知栏中显示的通知消息如图10中的(b)图中的101所示。 In another example, please refer to (a) in Figure 10. Tablet 2 displays the desktop of other electronic devices, that is, other electronic devices share the desktop to tablet 2. At this time, when mobile phone 1 When an instant messaging application generates a new notification message, on the one hand, mobile phone 1 displays the notification message; on the other hand, because tablet computer 2 is sharing the desktop, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet computer 2, but Tablet PC 2 does not display the notification message in the form of a banner notification, but displays the notification message in the notification bar in a traditional manner. In this way, the user cannot see the notification message in the current display interface of Tablet PC 2, but can View the notification message by pulling down the notification bar. For example, the notification message displayed in the notification bar is as shown in 101 in (b) of Figure 10 .
需要说明的是,上述是以平板电脑2中显示有其他电子设备的桌面为例,在另一个示例中,在平板电脑2将自身的桌面发送至其他电子设备上显示的情况下,当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,平板电脑2不以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,而是在通知栏中按照传统的方式显示该通知消息。It should be noted that the above is an example of tablet computer 2 displaying the desktop of other electronic devices. In another example, when tablet computer 2 sends its own desktop to be displayed on other electronic devices, when mobile phone 1 When an instant messaging application generates a new notification message, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2. Tablet 2 does not display the notification message as a banner notification, but in the traditional way in the notification bar. Display this notification message.
在另一个示例中,在平板电脑2开启免打扰模式的情况下,如果手机1处于播放视频状态,则当手机1中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,一方面,手机1显示该通知消息,另一方面,由于平板电脑2正处于播放视频状态,所以手机1将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,但由于平板电脑2开启了免打扰模式,所以平板电脑2不以横幅通知的方式显示该通知消息,而是在通知栏中显示该通知消息,如此,用户可以通过下拉通知栏来查看该通知消息。In another example, when tablet 2 turns on the Do Not Disturb mode and mobile phone 1 is playing a video, when an instant messaging application in mobile phone 1 generates a new notification message, on the one hand, mobile phone 1 displays This notification message, on the other hand, because tablet 2 is playing video, mobile phone 1 sends the notification message to tablet 2, but because tablet 2 has turned on the do not disturb mode, tablet 2 does not notify with a banner Instead of displaying the notification message in the notification bar, the user can view the notification message by pulling down the notification bar.
在另一个示例中,如果平板电脑2处于锁屏状态或黑屏状态,也即平板电脑2未处于使用状态,则当手机中的某即时通讯应用程序生成新的通知消息时,不将该通知消息发送给平板电脑2,相应地,平板电脑2中也就不会显示与该通知消息相关的任何通知。也即当多个电子设备中的任意一个电子设备有新的通知消息时,可以先判断其他电子设备是否处于使用状态。若其他电子设备未处于使用状态,则不将该通知消息发送给其他电子设备。In another example, if tablet 2 is in a locked screen state or a black screen state, that is, tablet 2 is not in use, when a new notification message is generated by an instant messaging application in the mobile phone, the notification message will not be Sent to tablet computer 2, accordingly, tablet computer 2 will not display any notification related to the notification message. That is, when any one of the multiple electronic devices has a new notification message, it can first be determined whether the other electronic devices are in use. If other electronic devices are not in use, the notification message is not sent to other electronic devices.
由此可见,本申请实施例提供的通知消息的提示方法,用户A的手机1中有新的通知消息时,可以自动判断平板电脑2的使用情境,从而针对一些场景,手机1不将该通知消息同步给平板电脑2,或者同步后在平板电脑2中对该通知消息进行隐藏显示,进而可以避免泄露用户隐私。It can be seen that the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the application can automatically determine the usage situation of the tablet computer 2 when there is a new notification message in the mobile phone 1 of the user A. Therefore, for some scenarios, the mobile phone 1 will not send the notification. The message is synchronized to the tablet computer 2, or the notification message is hidden and displayed in the tablet computer 2 after synchronization, thereby avoiding leakage of user privacy.
需要说明的是,上述几种应用场景仅是示例性地,在另一示例中,还可能涉及其他能够实现通知同步的应用场景,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the above application scenarios are only exemplary. In another example, other application scenarios that can realize notification synchronization may also be involved, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的方法可以由第一电子设备与第二电子设备交互实现。其中,第一电子设备为生成通知消息的电子设备,譬如第一电子设备为上述手机1;第二电子设备为能够与第一电子设备进行通知同步的电子设备,譬如第二电子设备为上述平板电脑2,不难理解,第二电子设备的数量可能是一个或者多个。作为示例而非限定,第二电子设备与第一电子设备接入同一局域网且登录同一账号(一般是指电子设备的账号,比如荣耀账号);或者,第二电子设备与第一电子设备接入同一局域网,也即也可以不登录同一账号。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by interaction between a first electronic device and a second electronic device. Wherein, the first electronic device is an electronic device that generates notification messages, for example, the first electronic device is the above-mentioned mobile phone 1; the second electronic device is an electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device, for example, the second electronic device is the above-mentioned tablet Computer 2, it is easy to understand that the number of second electronic devices may be one or more. As an example and not a limitation, the second electronic device and the first electronic device are connected to the same local area network and logged into the same account (generally refers to the account of the electronic device, such as the Honor account); or, the second electronic device and the first electronic device are connected to The same LAN, that is, you do not need to log in to the same account.
接下来对电子设备的软件系统予以说明。作为本申请的一个示例,请参考图11,图11是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种电子设备的软件架构示意图。电子设备的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的安卓(Android)系统为例,对电子设备的软件系统进行示例性说明。Next, the software system of the electronic device will be described. As an example of this application, please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic diagram of the software architecture of an electronic device according to an exemplary embodiment. Software systems of electronic devices can adopt layered architecture, event-driven architecture, microkernel architecture, microservice architecture, or cloud architecture. The embodiment of this application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software system of the electronic device.
其参考图11,分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,系统层以及内核层。 Referring to Figure 11, the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor. The layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer, application framework layer, system layer and kernel layer.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一电子设备的应用程序层可以包括第一通知发送模块、第一跨设备通知中心、第一通知配置中心、第一安全中心。As an example of this application, the application layer of the first electronic device may include a first notification sending module, a first cross-device notification center, a first notification configuration center, and a first security center.
第一通知发送模块用于在接收到新的消息后生成通知消息。示例性地,第一通知发送模块可以是但不限于短信息、即时通讯、通话等应用程序,即时通讯应用程序包括但不限于微信TM、QQTM等应用程序。以第一通知发送模块是短信息应用程序为例,当接收到短信消息时,短信息应用程序生成通知消息。The first notification sending module is configured to generate a notification message after receiving a new message. Exemplarily, the first notification sending module may be, but is not limited to, short message, instant messaging, call and other applications. Instant messaging applications include but is not limited to WeChatTM, QQTM and other applications. Taking the first notification sending module as a short message application as an example, when receiving a short message message, the short message application generates a notification message.
第一跨设备通知中心用于对第一通知发送模块生成的通知消息进行显示。此外,还用于判断是否将该通知消息转发给第二电子设备,并在确定要将该通知消息转发给第二电子设备的情况下,通过底层进行发送。The first cross-device notification center is used to display the notification message generated by the first notification sending module. In addition, it is also used to determine whether to forward the notification message to the second electronic device, and if it is determined to forward the notification message to the second electronic device, send it through the bottom layer.
在一些实施例中,第一跨设备通知中心为SystemUI模块。在一个示例中,第一跨设备通知中心在开机过程中启动。In some embodiments, the first cross-device notification center is the SystemUI module. In one example, the first cross-device notification center is launched during the boot process.
可选地,第一跨设备通知中心可以包括第一通知显示子模块和第一跨设备通知管理子模块。第一通知显示子模块用于显示通知消息,此外还可以按照一定的策略对通知消息进行排序,譬如根据通知消息的类型进行排序等;第一跨设备通知管理子模块用于判断是否要将该通知消息发送给第二电子设备,并在确定需要发送的情况下,将通知消息发送给应用程序框架层,以通过底层进行发送。Optionally, the first cross-device notification center may include a first notification display sub-module and a first cross-device notification management sub-module. The first notification display sub-module is used to display notification messages. In addition, the notification messages can be sorted according to certain strategies, such as sorting according to the type of notification messages. The first cross-device notification management sub-module is used to determine whether the notification messages should be sorted. The notification message is sent to the second electronic device, and if it is determined that sending is required, the notification message is sent to the application framework layer for sending through the bottom layer.
第一安全中心用于接收第一电子设备的目标用户录入的第一人脸信息,将第一人脸信息通过系统层同步给第二电子设备,以便于第二电子设备根据第一人脸信息确定第二电子设备的使用者情况。The first security center is configured to receive the first face information entered by the target user of the first electronic device, and synchronize the first face information to the second electronic device through the system layer, so that the second electronic device can act according to the first face information. Determine the user status of the second electronic device.
第一通知配置中心用于监控第一电子设备中的开关状态。譬如,该开关包括通知智能隐藏显示的功能的开关(下文称为智能流转开关),通知智能隐藏显示的功能是能够根据设备使用情境自动选择通知消息的提示方式。如此,第一跨设备通知中心在启动后可以查询智能流转开关的状态,以便于确定是否执行本申请实施例提供的通知消息的提示方法。The first notification configuration center is used to monitor the switch status in the first electronic device. For example, the switch includes a switch for a smart hidden display notification function (hereinafter referred to as a smart flow switch). The smart hidden display notification function can automatically select a notification message prompt method based on the device usage context. In this way, the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch after being started, so as to determine whether to execute the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
进一步地,应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。譬如应用程序包可以包括投屏,通话,视频,短信息等应用程序(图11中未示出)。投屏应用程序用于实现投屏功能。Further, the application layer may include a series of application packages. For example, the application package may include screencasting, calling, video, text messaging and other applications (not shown in Figure 11). The screen mirroring application is used to implement the screen mirroring function.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。作为本申请的一个示例,如图11所示,应用程序框架层可以包括第一通知管理服务框架、第一应用接续框架、第一决策引擎。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions. As an example of this application, as shown in Figure 11, the application framework layer may include a first notification management service framework, a first application connection framework, and a first decision engine.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一通知管理服务框架用于管理通知消息,譬如,用于接收第一通知发送模块发送的通知消息,并将该通知消息上报给第一跨设备通知中心。当然,第一通知管理服务框架还可以用于按照预置的策略对一些通知消息进行管控处理,譬如当接收到某应用程序发送的通知消息时,如果该应用程序中设有免打扰模式,则第一通知管理服务框架不将该通知消息转发给第一跨设备通知中心进行显示。As an example of this application, the first notification management service framework is used to manage notification messages, for example, to receive the notification message sent by the first notification sending module and report the notification message to the first cross-device notification center. Of course, the first notification management service framework can also be used to manage and control some notification messages according to preset policies. For example, when receiving a notification message sent by an application, if the application has a do not disturb mode, then The first notification management service framework does not forward the notification message to the first cross-device notification center for display.
在一个示例中,第一应用接续框架用于对第一跨设备通知中心待发送的元数据按照底层的传输协议进行封装,以使得封装后的数据能够满足系统层的传输要求。进一步地,在第一跨设备通知中心有通知状态发送更新,譬如删除通知消息时,向第一应 用接续框架发送状态更新指示信息,由第一应用接续框架发送至系统层。该状态更新指示信息用于指示第二电子设备进行同步更新。In one example, the first application connection framework is used to encapsulate the metadata to be sent by the first cross-device notification center according to the underlying transmission protocol, so that the encapsulated data can meet the transmission requirements of the system layer. Further, when the first cross-device notification center sends an update to the notification status, for example, when the notification message is deleted, the first cross-device notification center sends an update to the first cross-device notification center. The connection frame is used to send status update indication information, which is sent to the system layer by the first application connection frame. The status update instruction information is used to instruct the second electronic device to perform synchronous updates.
第一决策引擎用于在第一跨设备通知中心需要获知第二电子设备的使用情况时,向第二电子设备请求获取端侧状态信息,并在接收到第二电子设备的反馈时,将反馈的端侧状态信息发送给第一跨设备通知中心进行存储。另外,第一决策引擎还可以用于感知设备状态,譬如可以感知第一电子设备的状态,还可以感知当前是否存在能够与第一电子设备进行通知同步的第二电子设备。The first decision engine is configured to request the second electronic device to obtain terminal-side status information when the first cross-device notification center needs to know the usage status of the second electronic device, and when receiving feedback from the second electronic device, provide the feedback The end-side status information is sent to the first cross-device notification center for storage. In addition, the first decision engine can also be used to sense the status of the device, for example, it can sense the status of the first electronic device, and it can also sense whether there is currently a second electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device.
系统层可以包括多个功能模块,比如:第一传输模块。第一传输模块用于为第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间数据交互建立数据传输通道,譬如建立会话(session)连接,以通过会话连接进行数据交互。The system layer may include multiple functional modules, such as the first transmission module. The first transmission module is used to establish a data transmission channel for data interaction between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, such as establishing a session connection to perform data interaction through the session connection.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二电子设备的内部也具有与第一电子设备相同的结构。譬如请参考图11,第二电子设备包括第二跨设备通知中心、第二通知配置中心、第二安全中心、第二通知管理服务框架、第二应用接续框架、第二决策引擎、第二传输模块。第二电子设备包括的各个功能模块与电子设100中对应功能模块具有相同或相似的作用,示例性地:As an example of this application, the interior of the second electronic device also has the same structure as the first electronic device. For example, please refer to Figure 11. The second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center, a second notification configuration center, a second security center, a second notification management service framework, a second application connection framework, a second decision engine, and a second transmission module. Each functional module included in the second electronic device has the same or similar role as the corresponding functional module in the electronic device 100. For example:
第二通知配置中心用于监控第二电子设备中的开关状态。譬如,监控智能流转开关的状态。进一步地,第二通知配置中心还用于提供通知流转开关,如此,用户即可通过触发该通知流转开关使得该第二电子设备开启或关闭应用程序的通知流转功能。The second notification configuration center is used to monitor the switch status in the second electronic device. For example, monitor the status of smart flow switches. Further, the second notification configuration center is also used to provide a notification flow switch, so that the user can trigger the notification flow switch to cause the second electronic device to turn on or off the notification flow function of the application.
第二安全中心用于存储来自第一安全中心的第一人脸信息。进一步地,第二安全中心还用于在需要确定该第二电子设备的使用者信息时加载摄像头驱动,以通过该摄像头驱动启动摄像头进行图像采集,并根据存储的第一人脸信息和采集的图像,确定人脸识别结果。之后,可以将人脸识别结果发送给第二决策引擎。The second security center is used to store the first face information from the first security center. Further, the second security center is also configured to load a camera driver when the user information of the second electronic device needs to be determined, so as to start the camera for image collection through the camera driver, and based on the stored first face information and the collected image to determine the face recognition results. Afterwards, the face recognition results can be sent to the second decision engine.
第二决策引擎用于根据人脸识别结果确定第二电子设备的使用者信息,还用于感知设备状态,譬如确定第二电子设备的设备状态信息。The second decision engine is used to determine the user information of the second electronic device based on the face recognition result, and is also used to sense the device status, such as determining the device status information of the second electronic device.
第二跨设备通知中心用于接收来自第一电子设备发送的封装数据,根据该封装数据重新构造通知消息。将重新构造的通知消息发送给第二通知管理服务框架。相应地,第二通知管理服务框架用于向第二跨设备通知中心上报重新构造的通知消息。The second cross-device notification center is configured to receive encapsulated data sent from the first electronic device, and reconstruct the notification message based on the encapsulated data. Send the reconstructed notification message to the second notification management service framework. Correspondingly, the second notification management service framework is configured to report the reconstructed notification message to the second cross-device notification center.
第二跨设备通知中心还用于根据第二电子设备的设备状态和使用者信息,确定通知显示方式,并根据所确定的显示方式显示通知消息。The second cross-device notification center is also configured to determine a notification display mode based on the device status and user information of the second electronic device, and display the notification message according to the determined display mode.
第二应用接续框架用于流转包括通知消息的封装数据。进一步地,还用于在接收到第一电子设备发送的状态更新指示信息后,将该状态更新指示信息发送给第二跨设备通知中心,以便于第二跨设备通知中心对通知消息进行状态更新,譬如删除通知消息等。The second application connection framework is used for transferring encapsulated data including notification messages. Further, after receiving the status update instruction information sent by the first electronic device, send the status update instruction information to the second cross-device notification center, so that the second cross-device notification center can update the status of the notification message. , such as deleting notification messages, etc.
第二传输模块用于与第一传输模块建立数据传输通道,譬如建立会话连接,以使得第二电子设备与第一电子设备之间可以进行数据交互。The second transmission module is used to establish a data transmission channel with the first transmission module, such as establishing a session connection, so that data interaction can be carried out between the second electronic device and the first electronic device.
此外,第二电子设备也包括内核层,内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。 In addition, the second electronic device also includes a kernel layer, which at least includes a display driver, a camera driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
在上述图11所示的第一电子设备和第二电子设备的基础上,接下来以第一电子设备通过内部的多个功能模块与第二电子设备交互,第二电子设备通过内部的多个功能模块与第一电子设备交互为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行详细介绍。On the basis of the first electronic device and the second electronic device shown in FIG. 11 above, the first electronic device interacts with the second electronic device through multiple internal functional modules, and the second electronic device interacts with the second electronic device through multiple internal functional modules. Taking the interaction between the functional module and the first electronic device as an example, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail.
第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间建立有通信连接,所以,第一电子设备中可以存储有第二电子设备的地址信息,譬如,第一电子设备可以通过第一决策引擎存储第二电子设备的地址信息。当然,在第二电子设备的数量为多个的情况下,第一电子设备中可以存储有多个第二电子设备中的每个第二电子设备的地址信息。在一个示例中,在执行本申请实施例提供的通知消息的提示方法之前,第一电子设备可以将目标用户的第一人脸信息同步给第二电子设备,以便于第二电子设备后续可以根据第一人脸信息确定第二电子设备的使用者是否包括目标用户。其中目标用户是指能够对第一电子设备进行授权的用户,作为示例而非限定,目标用户可以是第一电子设备的机主,比如在上述应用场景中,目标用户为用户A。请参考图12,图12是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种人脸信息同步过程的流程示意图。具体地,可以包括如下内容:A communication connection is established between the first electronic device and the second electronic device. Therefore, the first electronic device can store the address information of the second electronic device. For example, the first electronic device can store the second electronic device through the first decision engine. The device's address information. Of course, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device may store address information of each of the multiple second electronic devices. In one example, before executing the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first electronic device can synchronize the first face information of the target user to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device can subsequently The first face information determines whether the user of the second electronic device includes the target user. The target user refers to a user who can authorize the first electronic device. As an example but not a limitation, the target user may be the owner of the first electronic device. For example, in the above application scenario, the target user is user A. Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic flowchart of a face information synchronization process according to an exemplary embodiment. Specifically, it can include the following:
步骤A1:第一安全中心接收目标用户的人脸信息录入操作。Step A1: The first security center receives the face information entry operation of the target user.
在一个示例中,人脸信息录入操作可以是目标用户在购机后进行。第一电子设备可以提供有人脸信息录入功能,使得目标用户可以基于该人脸信息录入功能,在第一电子设备中按照提示操作录入人脸信息。示例性地,当目标用户想要进行人脸信息录入时,可以点击第一电子设备中的设置选项,响应于目标用户对设置选项的触发操作,第一电子设备显示设置界面,如图13中的(a)图所示。该设置界面中包括“生物识别和密码”选项,目标用户可以触发该“生物识别和密码”选项,响应于目标用户的该触发操作,第一电子设备显示生物识别和密码设置界面,如图13中的(b)图所示。该生物识别和密码设置界面中包括“人脸识别”选项。当目标用户触发该“人脸识别”选项时,响应于目标用户的该触发操作,第一电子设备显示人脸识别设置界面,如图13中的(c)图所示。该人脸识别设置界面中包括“开始录入”选项。当目标用户可以触发“开始录入”选项时,响应于目标用户的该触发操作,第一电子设备启动摄像头,开始进行人脸图像采集,如图13中的(d)图所示。In one example, the facial information entry operation may be performed by the target user after purchasing the phone. The first electronic device can provide a facial information entry function, so that the target user can enter facial information in the first electronic device according to prompts based on the facial information entry function. For example, when the target user wants to enter facial information, he can click the setting option in the first electronic device. In response to the target user's triggering operation on the setting option, the first electronic device displays the setting interface, as shown in Figure 13 As shown in figure (a). The setting interface includes a "biometric identification and password" option, and the target user can trigger the "biometric identification and password" option. In response to the triggering operation of the target user, the first electronic device displays the biometric and password setting interface, as shown in Figure 13 As shown in figure (b). This biometric and password setting interface includes a "Face Recognition" option. When the target user triggers the "face recognition" option, in response to the target user's triggering operation, the first electronic device displays a face recognition setting interface, as shown in (c) of Figure 13 . The face recognition setting interface includes a "Start Entry" option. When the target user can trigger the "start recording" option, in response to the target user's triggering operation, the first electronic device starts the camera and starts collecting face images, as shown in (d) of Figure 13 .
步骤A2:第一安全中心接收第一人脸信息。Step A2: The first security center receives the first face information.
响应于人脸信息录入操作,第一电子设备通过第一安全中心接收所录入的人脸信息,得到第一人脸信息。In response to the facial information entry operation, the first electronic device receives the entered facial information through the first security center and obtains the first facial information.
通常情况下,第一电子设备中的第一人脸信息的数量为一个。当然在一个可能的示例中,第一人脸信息的数量也可以包括多个,也即能够对第一电子设备进行授权的目标用户的数量可以包括多个,譬如可以包括第一电子设备的机主以及家人,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Normally, the number of first face information in the first electronic device is one. Of course, in a possible example, the number of first face information may also include multiple, that is, the number of target users who can authorize the first electronic device may include multiple, for example, it may include the machine of the first electronic device. The owner and family members are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
步骤A3:第一安全中心存储第一人脸信息。Step A3: The first security center stores the first face information.
为了便于第一电子设备后续可以使用第一人脸信息进行人脸认证等操作,第一电子设备可以通过第一安全中心存储第一人脸信息。In order to facilitate the first electronic device to subsequently use the first face information to perform face authentication and other operations, the first electronic device can store the first face information through the first security center.
步骤A4:第一安全中心向第一决策引擎发送查询指令,查询指令用于请求查询第二电子设备的地址信息。 Step A4: The first security center sends a query instruction to the first decision engine. The query instruction is used to request to query the address information of the second electronic device.
如前文所述,第一决策引擎能够感知当前有哪个或哪些电子设备与第一电子设备进行通知同步,所以第一决策引擎可以确定能够与第一电子设备进行通知同步的第二电子设备,示例性地,将满足指定条件的电子设备确定为第二电子设备。其中指定条件可以根据实际业务需求进行设置。譬如在本申请实施例中,指定条件可以是指连接至同一局域网且登录同一账号。As mentioned above, the first decision engine can sense which electronic device or devices are currently performing notification synchronization with the first electronic device, so the first decision engine can determine the second electronic device that can perform notification synchronization with the first electronic device. Example Specifically, the electronic device that meets the specified condition is determined as the second electronic device. The specified conditions can be set according to actual business needs. For example, in the embodiment of this application, the specified condition may refer to connecting to the same local area network and logging in to the same account.
在一个示例中,第一决策引擎可以预先存储第二电子设备的地址信息。如此,第一安全中心能够从第一决策引擎中查询第二电子设备的地址信息。In one example, the first decision engine may pre-store address information of the second electronic device. In this way, the first security center can query the address information of the second electronic device from the first decision engine.
在另一个示例中,第一决策引擎也可以不存储第二电子设备的地址信息,而是在接收到第一安全中心发送的查询指令时,实时确定存在哪个或哪些第二电子设备,之后,确定存在的第二电子设备的地址信息。In another example, the first decision engine may not store the address information of the second electronic device, but determine which second electronic device(s) exist in real time when receiving the query instruction sent by the first security center, and then, Address information of the existing second electronic device is determined.
需要说明的是,步骤A4与步骤A3之间没有严格的先后执行顺序,也即步骤A4可以在步骤A3之后执行,也可以在步骤A3之前执行,还可以与步骤A3并行执行。It should be noted that there is no strict execution sequence between step A4 and step A3, that is, step A4 can be executed after step A3, or before step A3, or in parallel with step A3.
步骤A5:第一决策引擎向第一安全中心反馈第二电子设备的地址信息。Step A5: The first decision engine feeds back the address information of the second electronic device to the first security center.
第一决策引擎可以向第一安全中心返回满足指定条件的电子设备(也即第二电子设备)的地址信息。不难理解,第二电子设备的数量可能是一个或者多个。The first decision engine may return to the first security center the address information of the electronic device (that is, the second electronic device) that meets the specified condition. It is easy to understand that the number of second electronic devices may be one or more.
步骤A6:第一安全中心向第一传输模块发送第一人脸信息和第二电子设备的地址信息。Step A6: The first security center sends the first face information and the address information of the second electronic device to the first transmission module.
请参考图11,由于第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间是通过第一传输模块与第二传输模块建立数据传输通道,所以,为了将第一人脸信息发送给第二电子设备,第一安全中心向第一传输模块发送第一人脸信息和第二电子设备的地址信息。Please refer to Figure 11. Since a data transmission channel is established between the first electronic device and the second electronic device through the first transmission module and the second transmission module, in order to send the first face information to the second electronic device, the A security center sends the first face information and the address information of the second electronic device to the first transmission module.
在一个示例中,当第二电子设备的数量为多个时,第一安全中心向第一传输模块发送第一人脸信息和多个第二电子设备中每个第二电子设备的地址信息。In one example, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first security center sends the first face information and the address information of each second electronic device in the plurality of second electronic devices to the first transmission module.
步骤A7:第一传输模块基于该地址信息,向第二电子设备发送第一人脸信息。Step A7: The first transmission module sends the first face information to the second electronic device based on the address information.
第一传输模块基于第二电子设备的地址信息,将第一人脸信息发送给第二电子设备。The first transmission module sends the first face information to the second electronic device based on the address information of the second electronic device.
在一个示例中,当第二电子设备的数量为多个时,第一传输模块根据多个第二电子设备中每个第二电子设备的地址信息,向每个第二电子设备发送第一人脸信息。In one example, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first transmission module sends the first person to each second electronic device according to the address information of each second electronic device in the plurality of second electronic devices. face information.
需要说明的是,上述是以第一安全中心向第一决策引擎查询时存在第二电子设备为例进行说明。作为一个示例,如果第一安全中心接收第一人脸信息后,从第一决策引擎中没有查询到第二电子设备,则可以只存储第一人脸信息。之后,当第一决策引擎感知到存在第二电子设备时,可以通知第一安全中心,以便于第一安全中心按照上述流程,通过第一传输模块向对应的第二电子设备同步第一人脸信息。It should be noted that the above description is based on the example of the presence of the second electronic device when the first security center queries the first decision engine. As an example, if the first security center does not query the second electronic device from the first decision engine after receiving the first face information, it may only store the first face information. Afterwards, when the first decision engine senses the presence of the second electronic device, it can notify the first security center so that the first security center can synchronize the first face to the corresponding second electronic device through the first transmission module according to the above process. information.
步骤A8:第二传输模块接收第一人脸信息。Step A8: The second transmission module receives the first face information.
也即第二电子设备通过第二传输模块接收第一电子设备发送的第一人脸信息。That is, the second electronic device receives the first face information sent by the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
步骤A9:第二传输模块向第二安全中心发送第一人脸信息。Step A9: The second transmission module sends the first face information to the second security center.
第二传输模块接收第一人脸信息后,将第一人脸信息传输给第二安全中心。After receiving the first face information, the second transmission module transmits the first face information to the second security center.
步骤A10:第二安全中心存储第一人脸信息。Step A10: The second security center stores the first face information.
在一个示例中,第二安全中心将第一人脸信息存储于数据库中,以便于后续可以基于第一人脸信息,判断第二电子设备的使用者是否包括目标用户。 In one example, the second security center stores the first face information in the database so that it can subsequently determine whether the user of the second electronic device includes the target user based on the first face information.
需要说明的是,上述在第二电子设备中存储第一人脸信息的操作是可选操作,且在进行通知消息提示之前执行即可。在另一个示例中,第二电子设备还可以通过目标用户的人脸信息录入操作获取第一人脸信息,并通过第二安全中心存储第一人脸信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned operation of storing the first face information in the second electronic device is an optional operation and can be performed before the notification message is prompted. In another example, the second electronic device can also obtain the first face information through the target user's face information entry operation, and store the first face information through the second security center, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
进一步地,为了支持本申请实施例提供的通知消息提示方法的实现,在第二电子设备中存储有第一人脸信息的情况下,第一电子设备与第二电子设备建立通信连接后,第一电子设备可以查询第二电子设备的使用情况,具体可以参见图14,第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间进行如下交互:Further, in order to support the implementation of the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the first face information is stored in the second electronic device, after the first electronic device establishes a communication connection with the second electronic device, the first electronic device An electronic device can query the usage status of a second electronic device. For details, see Figure 14. The first electronic device and the second electronic device interact as follows:
步骤B1:开机后,第一跨设备通知中心向第一决策引擎发送注册请求,注册请求用于请求获取第二电子设备的地址信息。Step B1: After powering on, the first cross-device notification center sends a registration request to the first decision engine. The registration request is used to request to obtain the address information of the second electronic device.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一跨设备通知中心在开机后,可以向第一决策引擎发送注册请求,以注册设备监听功能,从而使得第一决策引擎在确定存在满足指定条件的电子设备(即第二电子设备)的情况下,将第二电子设备的地址信息发送给第一跨设备通知中心。As an example of this application, after the first cross-device notification center is powered on, it can send a registration request to the first decision engine to register the device monitoring function, so that the first decision engine determines that there is an electronic device that meets the specified conditions (i.e. In the case of a second electronic device), the address information of the second electronic device is sent to the first cross-device notification center.
步骤B2:第一决策引擎向第一跨设备通知中心反馈第二电子设备的地址信息。Step B2: The first decision engine feeds back the address information of the second electronic device to the first cross-device notification center.
作为本申请的一个示例,由于第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间建立有通信连接,所以第一电子设备中可以存储有第二电子设备的地址信息,譬如第二电子设备通过第一决策引擎存储该地址信息。如此,当第一跨设备通知中心查询时,第一决策引擎可以通过回调的方式,向第一跨设备通知中心反馈第二电子设备的地址信息。As an example of this application, since a communication connection is established between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, the address information of the second electronic device may be stored in the first electronic device. For example, the second electronic device passes the first decision The engine stores this address information. In this way, when the first cross-device notification center queries, the first decision-making engine can feed back the address information of the second electronic device to the first cross-device notification center in a callback manner.
进一步地,在第二电子设备的数量为多个的情况下,当某个第二电子设备的状态发生变化,譬如某个第二电子设备离线时,第一决策引擎可以通过回调的方式通知第一跨设备通知中心。如此以来,第一跨设备通知中心可以获知当前有哪个或哪些第二电子设备。Further, when there are multiple second electronic devices, when the status of a certain second electronic device changes, for example, when a certain second electronic device goes offline, the first decision engine can notify the third electronic device through a callback. A cross-device notification center. In this way, the first cross-device notification center can learn which second electronic device(s) are currently present.
步骤B3:第一跨设备通知中心向第一通知配置中心发送查询请求,以查询智能流转开关的状态。Step B3: The first cross-device notification center sends a query request to the first notification configuration center to query the status of the smart transfer switch.
该智能流转开关用于开启或关闭通知智能隐藏显示的功能。This smart flow switch is used to turn on or off the function of smart hiding and display of notifications.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一通知配置中心可以提供有智能流转开关,用户可以通过开启该智能流转开关来开启通知智能隐藏显示的功能。譬如请参考图15中的(a)图,当用户想要打开智能流转开关时,可以点击第一电子设备中的设置选项,响应于用户对设置选项的触发操作,第一电子设备打开设置界面,如图15中的(b)图所示。该设置界面中包括“超级终端”选项。用户可以触发“超级终端”选项,响应于用户的该触发操作,第一电子设备显示超级终端设置界面,如图15中的(c)图所示。该超级终端设置界面中包括业务扩展选项151。用户可以点击业务扩展选项151,响应于用户对业务扩展选项151的触发操作,第一电子设备显示扩展业务设置界面,如图15中的(d)图所示。该扩展业务设置界面中包括智能流转开关,如图15中的(d)图中的152所示,也即是“机主识别”的开关。如此,用户即可开启“机主识别”的开关,使得电子设备开启通知智能隐藏显示的功能。进一步地,如图15中的(d)图所示,该扩展业务设备界面中还包括关于本申请实施例提供的通知智能隐藏显示功能的介绍 信息等,这里不做过多描述。As an example of this application, the first notification configuration center may provide a smart transfer switch, and the user can enable the function of smart hiding and display of notifications by turning on the smart transfer switch. For example, please refer to (a) in Figure 15. When the user wants to turn on the smart transfer switch, he can click the setting option in the first electronic device. In response to the user's triggering operation on the setting option, the first electronic device opens the setting interface. , as shown in (b) in Figure 15. The settings interface includes a "HyperTerminal" option. The user can trigger the "HyperTerminal" option, and in response to the user's triggering operation, the first electronic device displays the HyperTerminal setting interface, as shown in (c) of Figure 15 . The hyperterminal setting interface includes service expansion option 151. The user can click the service expansion option 151, and in response to the user's triggering operation on the service expansion option 151, the first electronic device displays an extended service setting interface, as shown in (d) of Figure 15. The extended service setting interface includes an intelligent transfer switch, as shown at 152 in (d) of Figure 15, which is the switch for "host identification". In this way, the user can turn on the "owner identification" switch, so that the electronic device can turn on the function of smart hiding display of notifications. Further, as shown in (d) of Figure 15, the extended service device interface also includes an introduction to the notification intelligent hiding and display function provided by the embodiment of the present application. Information, etc., will not be described too much here.
当然,对于第二电子设备,用户也可以按照上述图15所示的流程,开启“机主识别”的开关,从而开启第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能。Of course, for the second electronic device, the user can also turn on the "owner identification" switch according to the process shown in Figure 15 above, thereby turning on the smart hidden display function of notifications of the second electronic device.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一跨设备通知中心可以在获取到第二电子设备的地址信息后,从第一通知配置中心中查询该智能流转开关的状态。As an example of this application, the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch from the first notification configuration center after obtaining the address information of the second electronic device.
步骤B4:第一通知配置中心向第一跨设备通知中心反馈智能流转开关的状态。Step B4: The first notification configuration center feeds back the status of the smart transfer switch to the first cross-device notification center.
若智能流转开关处于开启状态,则说明通知智能隐藏显示的功能已开启,该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心进入如下步骤B5;若智能流转开关处于关闭状态,则说明通知智能隐藏显示的功能已关闭,该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心可以按照传统的方式对通知消息进行转发和显示。If the smart transfer switch is turned on, it means that the function of notifying smart hidden display is turned on. In this case, the first cross-device notification center enters the following step B5; if the smart flow switch is turned off, it means that the function of notifying smart hidden display is turned on. The function is turned off. In this case, the first cross-device notification center can forward and display notification messages in the traditional way.
在一个示例中,在第一跨设备通知中心查询该智能流转开关的状态之后,如果第一通知配置中心检测到智能流转开关的状态发生变化,譬如用户关闭智能流转开关,则第一通知配置中心会通知第一跨设备通知中心,以使得第一跨设备通知中心可以实时、准确地获知智能流转开关的状态。In one example, after the first cross-device notification center queries the status of the smart transfer switch, if the first notification configuration center detects that the status of the smart transfer switch changes, for example, the user turns off the smart transfer switch, the first notification configuration center The first cross-device notification center will be notified, so that the first cross-device notification center can know the status of the smart transfer switch in real time and accurately.
步骤B5:在智能流转开关处于开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求和第二电子设备的地址信息。Step B5: When the smart transfer switch is turned on, the first cross-device notification center sends the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine.
设备查询请求用于请求获取第二电子设备的使用情况。在一个示例中,第一跨设备通知中心还向第一决策引擎发送第二电子设备的地址信息,该地址信息用于确定需要向哪个电子设备请求获取用于指示其使用情况的信息。示例性地,该地址信息可以为互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址信息或媒体访问控制(media access control,MAC)地址信息等。The device query request is used to request to obtain the usage status of the second electronic device. In one example, the first cross-device notification center also sends address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine, and the address information is used to determine which electronic device needs to be requested to obtain information indicating its usage. For example, the address information may be Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address information or media access control (media access control, MAC) address information, etc.
在一个示例中,在智能流转开关保持开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心后续可以周期性地向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求和第二电子设备的地址信息。其中周期时长可以根据实际需求进行设置。示例性地,该周期时长可以是3分钟。在另一个示例中,第一跨设备通知中心还可以实时地向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求和第二电子设备的地址信息。In one example, while the smart transfer switch remains on, the first cross-device notification center may periodically send a device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine. The cycle length can be set according to actual needs. For example, the cycle length may be 3 minutes. In another example, the first cross-device notification center may also send the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine in real time.
需要说明的是,上述步骤B1至B5的实现方式是可选的。在另一实施例中,第一跨设备通知中心也可以在启动后,不向第一决策引擎发送注册请求,而是直接查询智能流转开关的状态。在智能流转开关处于开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心周期性地向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求。相应的,第一决策引擎每接收到设备查询请求,实时地查询当前存在的第二电子设备,以确定第二电子设备的地址信息,之后,执行如下步骤B6的操作。It should be noted that the implementation of the above steps B1 to B5 is optional. In another embodiment, the first cross-device notification center may directly query the status of the intelligent transfer switch without sending a registration request to the first decision-making engine after being started. When the intelligent flow switch is turned on, the first cross-device notification center periodically sends a device query request to the first decision engine. Correspondingly, each time the first decision engine receives a device query request, it queries the currently existing second electronic device in real time to determine the address information of the second electronic device, and then performs the following operation of step B6.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例是以第一电子设备提供有智能流转开关为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,第一电子设备也可以不提供智能流转开关,也即可以默认提供有通知智能隐藏显示的功能,该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心可以在接收到第一决策中心反馈的第二电子设备的地址信息后,直接向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求和第二电子设备的地址信息。It should also be noted that the embodiment of the present application is explained by taking the first electronic device provided with an intelligent flow switch as an example. In another embodiment, the first electronic device may not provide a smart transfer switch, that is, it may provide a function of smart hiding and display of notifications by default. In this case, the first cross-device notification center may receive the first decision after receiving the first decision. After the center feeds back the address information of the second electronic device, it directly sends the device query request and the address information of the second electronic device to the first decision engine.
步骤B6:第一决策引擎向第一传输模块发送设备查询请求和地址信息。Step B6: The first decision engine sends the device query request and address information to the first transmission module.
为了将查询请求发送给第二电子设备,第一决策引擎将设备查询请求和地址信息 发送给第一传输模块。In order to send the query request to the second electronic device, the first decision engine combines the device query request and the address information Sent to the first transmission module.
需要说明的是,本实施例是以第一跨设备通知中心通过第一决策引擎,向第一传输模块发送设备查询请求和地址信息为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,第一跨设备通知中心还可以直接向第一传输模块发送设备查询请求和地址信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that this embodiment takes as an example the first cross-device notification center sending the device query request and address information to the first transmission module through the first decision engine. In another embodiment, the first cross-device notification center may also directly send the device query request and address information to the first transmission module, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
步骤B7:第一传输模块基于该地址信息,向第二电子设备发送设备查询请求。Step B7: The first transmission module sends a device query request to the second electronic device based on the address information.
步骤B8:第二传输模块接收该设备查询请求。Step B8: The second transmission module receives the device query request.
也即第二电子设备通过第二传输模块接收第一电子设备发送的设备查询请求。That is, the second electronic device receives the device query request sent by the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
步骤B9:第二传输模块向第二决策引擎发送设备查询请求。Step B9: The second transmission module sends a device query request to the second decision engine.
第二传输模块接收设备查询请求后,将该设备查询请求转发给第二决策引擎,由第二决策引擎响应该设备查询请求。After receiving the device query request, the second transmission module forwards the device query request to the second decision engine, and the second decision engine responds to the device query request.
步骤B10:第二决策引擎确定第二电子设备的设备状态信息。Step B10: The second decision engine determines the device status information of the second electronic device.
设备状态信息用于指示第二电子设备的状态。在未使用状态下,第二电子设备的状态可能包括锁屏状态、黑屏状态等。在使用状态下,第二电子设备的状态一般包括第一使用状态和第二使用状态。其中第一使用状态一般是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息的使用状态,该第一使用状态可以根据实际需求进行设置,譬如第一使用状态包括但不限于投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。共享桌面状态是指第一电子设备将显示界面发送至其他电子设备中显示,或者是指其他电子设备将显示界面发送至第一电子设备中显示。第二使用状态是指除了第一使用状态之外的其他使用状态。The device status information is used to indicate the status of the second electronic device. In an unused state, the state of the second electronic device may include a locked screen state, a black screen state, etc. In the use state, the state of the second electronic device generally includes a first use state and a second use state. The first usage status generally refers to a usage status that does not allow notification messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications. The first usage status can be set according to actual needs. For example, the first usage status includes but is not limited to the screen casting status and the screen being mirrored status. status, shared desktop status, and Do Not Disturb mode status. The shared desktop state refers to the first electronic device sending the display interface to other electronic devices for display, or the other electronic device sending the display interface to the first electronic device for display. The second use state refers to other use states except the first use state.
由于第二决策引擎可以感知第二电子设备的设备状态,所以能够确定第二电子设备的设备状态信息。不同的状态对应不同的设备状态信息,在一个示例中,不同的设备状态信息可以采用不同的标识进行指示。作为本申请的一个示例,在第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,确定的设备状态信息可以用于指示具体的使用状态是什么,譬如是投屏状态或共享桌面状态。在第二电子设备处于第二使用状态的情况下,确定的设备状态信息可以采用同一个标识,用于指示第二电子设备处于第二使用状态,也即不是投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。譬如,在第二电子设备处于游戏状态、播放视频状态或浏览网页状态时,确定的设备状态信息均为“G”,用于指示第二电子设备处于第二使用状态。Since the second decision engine can sense the device status of the second electronic device, it can determine the device status information of the second electronic device. Different states correspond to different device status information. In one example, different device status information can be indicated by different identifiers. As an example of this application, when the second electronic device is in the first usage state, the determined device status information can be used to indicate the specific usage status, such as screen casting status or desktop sharing status. When the second electronic device is in the second use state, the determined device status information may use the same identifier to indicate that the second electronic device is in the second use state, that is, it is not the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, or the screen casting state. Shared desktop status, status of turning on Do Not Disturb mode. For example, when the second electronic device is in a game state, a video playing state, or a web browsing state, the determined device state information is "G", which is used to indicate that the second electronic device is in the second usage state.
当然,上述是以在第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,确定的设备状态信息用于指示具体的使用状态为例进行说明。在另一个示例中,在第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,也可以设备状态信息也可以采用同一标识,用于指示第二电子设备当前处于第一使用状态。Of course, the above description is based on an example in which the determined device status information is used to indicate a specific usage status when the second electronic device is in the first usage status. In another example, when the second electronic device is in the first use state, the device status information may also use the same identifier to indicate that the second electronic device is currently in the first use state.
如果确定第二电子设备当前正处于使用状态中,则可以进入如下步骤B11,否则,如果第二电子设备当前处于未使用状态,则请参见图16所示的实施例。If it is determined that the second electronic device is currently in use, the following step B11 may be entered. Otherwise, if the second electronic device is currently in an unused state, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 .
步骤B11:在处于使用状态下,第二决策引擎向第二安全中心发送使用者识别请求。Step B11: When in use state, the second decision engine sends a user identification request to the second security center.
如果第二电子设备处于使用状态,则可以进一步确定当前的使用者情况,为此,第二决策引擎可以向第二安全中心发送该使用者识别请求。使用者识别请求用于请求 第二安全中心识别第二电子设备当前的使用者。If the second electronic device is in use, the current user situation can be further determined. To this end, the second decision engine can send the user identification request to the second security center. User identification request is used to request The second security center identifies the current user of the second electronic device.
步骤B12:第二安全中心通过摄像头采集图像。Step B12: The second security center collects images through the camera.
第二安全中心接收到第二决策引擎发送的使用者识别请求后,可以加载摄像头驱动,摄像头驱动加载完成后,驱动摄像头,如此,第二安全中心即可通过摄像头采集图像。通常情况下,第二安全中心默认启动第二电子设备的前置摄像头,并通过该前置摄像头采集图像。After receiving the user identification request sent by the second decision engine, the second security center can load the camera driver. After the camera driver is loaded, it drives the camera. In this way, the second security center can collect images through the camera. Normally, the second security center activates the front camera of the second electronic device by default and collects images through the front camera.
在一种可能的情况下,所采集的图像仅包括一个用户的人脸,此时说明当前观看第二电子设备的屏幕的用户的数量是一个。在另一种可能的情况下,所采集的图像包括多个用户的人脸,此时说明当前观看第二电子设备的屏幕的用户的数量为多个。在又一种可能的情况下,所采集的图像中还可能不包括人脸,譬如如果观看第二电子设备的用户的面部没有在摄像头的拍摄范围内,则摄像头采集到的图像中就不包括人脸。In one possible case, the collected image only includes the face of one user, which indicates that the number of users currently viewing the screen of the second electronic device is one. In another possible situation, the collected images include faces of multiple users, which indicates that the number of users currently viewing the screen of the second electronic device is multiple. In another possible situation, the collected images may not include human faces. For example, if the face of the user viewing the second electronic device is not within the shooting range of the camera, then the images collected by the camera will not include faces. human face.
步骤B13:在对该图像识别成功的情况下,基于第一人脸信息和该图像,确定人脸识别结果,在识别未成功的情况下,将失败指示信息确定为人脸识别结果。Step B13: If the image recognition is successful, determine the face recognition result based on the first face information and the image; if the recognition is unsuccessful, determine the failure indication information as the face recognition result.
失败指示信息用于指示人脸识别失败的原因。Failure indication information is used to indicate the reason for face recognition failure.
第二安全中心对该图像进行识别,以确定人脸识别结果。在实施中,人脸识别可能包括如下几种情况:The second security center recognizes the image to determine the face recognition result. In implementation, face recognition may include the following situations:
第一种情况:第二安全中心对该图像人脸识别成功。Scenario 1: The second security center successfully recognizes the face of the image.
如果采集的图像足够清晰,且图像中包括的人脸区域的面积大于或等于面积阈值,则第二安全中心可以识别出该图像中的人脸信息(称为第二人脸信息),且可以根据第二人脸信息确定使用者身份,该种情况下人脸识别成功。其中面积阈值可以根据实际需求进行设置。If the collected image is clear enough and the area of the face area included in the image is greater than or equal to the area threshold, the second security center can identify the face information in the image (called the second face information), and can The user's identity is determined based on the second face information. In this case, the face recognition is successful. The area threshold can be set according to actual needs.
在人脸识别成功的情况下,第二安全中心确定的人脸识别结果中包括使用者数量和身份识别结果。具体可能包括如下(1)和(2)两种可能的情况:When face recognition is successful, the face recognition results determined by the second security center include the number of users and identity recognition results. Specifically, it may include the following two possible situations (1) and (2):
(1)若通过人脸识别确定该图像中仅包括一个人脸,此时说明仅有一个用户在使用第二电子设备。第二安全中心可以将该图像中的第二人脸信息与预先存储的第一人脸信息进行匹配,以确定第二电子设备当前的使用者是否为目标用户。如果第二人脸信息与第一人脸信息的匹配度大于或等于匹配度阈值,则可以确定第二电子设备当前的使用者为目标用户,此时确定使用者数量是1,身份识别结果为目标用户。否则,如果第二人脸信息与第一人脸信息的匹配度小于匹配度阈值,则可以确定第二电子设备当前的使用者不是目标用户,此时确定使用者数量是1,身份识别结果为不是目标用户。其中匹配度阈值可以根据实际需求进行设置,譬如匹配度阈值为95%。(1) If it is determined through face recognition that the image contains only one face, it means that only one user is using the second electronic device. The second security center may match the second face information in the image with the pre-stored first face information to determine whether the current user of the second electronic device is the target user. If the matching degree between the second face information and the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching threshold, the current user of the second electronic device can be determined to be the target user. At this time, the number of users is determined to be 1, and the identity recognition result is Target users. Otherwise, if the matching degree between the second face information and the first face information is less than the matching threshold, it can be determined that the current user of the second electronic device is not the target user. At this time, it is determined that the number of users is 1, and the identity recognition result is Not the target user. The matching threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, the matching threshold is 95%.
(2)若通过人脸识别确定该图像中包括多个人脸,此时说明有多个用户在第二电子设备,此时第二人脸信息的数量为多个。第二安全中心可以将多个第二人脸信息中的各个第二人脸信息分别与第一人脸信息进行比较,以确定该图像中是否包括与第一人脸信息的匹配度大于或等于匹配度阈值的第二人脸信息。如果该图像中包括与第一人脸信息的匹配度大于或等于匹配度阈值的第二人脸信息,说明第二电子设备当前的使用者中包括目标用户,此时确定使用者数量是多个,身份识别结果为包括目标用户;否则,如果该图像中不包括与第一人脸信息的匹配度大于或等于匹配度阈值的第二人脸信息,说明第二电子设备当前的使用者种不包括目标用户,此时确定使用者数量为 多个,身份识别结果为不包括目标用户。(2) If it is determined through face recognition that the image includes multiple faces, it means that there are multiple users on the second electronic device, and the number of second face information is multiple. The second security center may compare each second face information in the plurality of second face information with the first face information respectively to determine whether the image includes a matching degree greater than or equal to the first face information. The second face information of the matching degree threshold. If the image includes second face information whose matching degree with the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching degree threshold, it means that the current users of the second electronic device include the target user. At this time, it is determined that the number of users is multiple. , the identity recognition result is that the target user is included; otherwise, if the image does not include the second face information whose matching degree with the first face information is greater than or equal to the matching degree threshold, it means that the current user of the second electronic device is not of the same type. Including target users, the number of users determined at this time is Multiple, the identification result does not include the target user.
第二种情况:第二安全中心对该图像人脸识别失败。The second situation: the second security center fails to recognize the face of the image.
如果采集的图像模糊不清,和/或,该图像中的人脸区域的面积小于面积阈值,则第二安全中心无法识别出该图像中的第二人脸信息,或者该图像中不包括第二人脸信息,或者第二安全中心能够识别出该图像中的第二人脸信息,但因人脸区域的面积较小导致无法根据识别出的第二人脸信息确定使用者的身份,该种情况下人脸识别失败。If the collected image is blurry, and/or the area of the face area in the image is smaller than the area threshold, the second security center cannot recognize the second face information in the image, or the image does not include the second face information. The second face information in the image, or the second security center can recognize the second face information in the image, but the user's identity cannot be determined based on the recognized second face information due to the small area of the face area. Face recognition fails in this case.
在人脸识别失败的情况下,第二安全中心确定的人脸识别结果包括如下(3)和(4)几种可能的情况:In the case of face recognition failure, the face recognition results determined by the second security center include the following possible situations (3) and (4):
(3)在采集的图像足够清晰的情况下,如果第二安全中心通过人脸识别确定该图像中不包括人脸区域,或者该图像中包括人脸区域但人脸区域的面积小于面积阈值,譬如当第二电子设备当前的使用者的面部没有正对着第二电子设备的摄像头时,图像可能仅包括该使用者的小部分人脸区域,譬如仅包括使用者的半边脸区域,则导致第二安全中心确定的第二人脸信息的信息量较少,从而无法根据第二人脸信息,确定第二电子设备当前的使用者身份,此时即为人脸识别失败。在该种情况下,第二安全中心确定的人脸识别结果为:无法确定第二电子设备的使用者身份。示例性地,此时可以将第一预设标识作为人脸识别结果,第一预设标识用于指示无法确定第二电子设备的使用者身份。其中第一预设标识可以根据实际需求进行设置,譬如第一预设标识为“00”。(3) When the collected image is clear enough, if the second security center determines through face recognition that the image does not include a face area, or that the image includes a face area but the area of the face area is less than the area threshold, For example, when the face of the current user of the second electronic device is not facing the camera of the second electronic device, the image may only include a small part of the user's face area, such as only half of the user's face area, resulting in The second face information determined by the second security center has a small amount of information, so it cannot determine the current user identity of the second electronic device based on the second face information. In this case, the face recognition fails. In this case, the face recognition result determined by the second security center is: the identity of the user of the second electronic device cannot be determined. For example, at this time, the first preset identification can be used as the face recognition result, and the first preset identification is used to indicate that the identity of the user of the second electronic device cannot be determined. The first preset identifier can be set according to actual needs, for example, the first preset identifier is "00".
(4)在采集的图像模糊不清的情况下,第二安全中心无法通过人脸识别确定该图像中是否包括人脸区域,如此以来,人脸识别失败。在该种情况下,第二安全中心确定的人脸识别结果为:因图像模糊不清导致无法人脸识别。示例性地,此时可以将第二预设标识作为人脸识别结果,第二预设标识用于指示因图像模糊不清导致无法识别。其中第二预设标识可以根据实际需求进行设置,譬如第二预设标识可以为“01”。(4) When the collected image is blurry, the second security center cannot determine whether the image includes a face area through face recognition. Since then, the face recognition has failed. In this case, the face recognition result determined by the second security center is: face recognition cannot be performed due to blurred images. For example, at this time, the second preset identification can be used as the face recognition result, and the second preset identification is used to indicate that the image cannot be recognized due to blur. The second preset identifier can be set according to actual needs. For example, the second preset identifier can be "01".
需要说明的是,上述几种人脸识别的情况仅是示例性地,在另一实施例中,还可能存在其他情况,本申请实施例不作限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned face recognition situations are only exemplary. In another embodiment, other situations may also exist, which are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
另外还需要说明的是,第二安全中心在对图像进行人脸识别时,可以通过预先训练好的模型进行识别,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In addition, it should be noted that when the second security center performs face recognition on images, it can perform recognition through a pre-trained model, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
步骤B14:第二安全中心向第二决策引擎发送人脸识别结果。Step B14: The second security center sends the face recognition result to the second decision engine.
为了便于第二决策引擎可以向第一决策引擎反馈第二电子设备的使用者信息,第二安全中心在确定人脸识别结果后,将该人脸识别结果发送给第二决策引擎进行处理。In order to facilitate the second decision-making engine to feed back the user information of the second electronic device to the first decision-making engine, after determining the face recognition result, the second security center sends the face recognition result to the second decision-making engine for processing.
步骤B15:第二决策引擎根据人脸识别结果,确定使用者信息。Step B15: The second decision-making engine determines the user information based on the face recognition results.
根据人脸识别结果不同,第二决策引擎确定第二电子设备的使用者信息包括如下多种可能的情况中的一种:According to different face recognition results, the second decision engine determines that the user information of the second electronic device includes one of the following possible situations:
第一种情况:在人脸识别结果包括使用者数量和身份识别结果,且使用者数量是1,身份识别结果为目标用户的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息可以为:第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示单人在使用第二电子设备且使用者是目标用户。The first case: when the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is 1 and the identity recognition result is the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be: first indication Information, the first indication information is used to indicate that a single person is using the second electronic device and the user is the target user.
第二种情况:在人脸识别结果包括使用者数量和身份识别结果,且使用者数量是1,身份识别结果为不是目标用户的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息可以为:第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示单人在使用第二电子设备且使用者不是目标用户。 Second case: When the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is 1 and the identity recognition result is not the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be: Second Instruction information, the second instruction information is used to indicate that a single person is using the second electronic device and the user is not the target user.
第三种情况:在人脸识别结果包括使用者数量和身份识别结果,且使用者数量是多个,身份识别结果为包括目标用户的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息可以为第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示多人在使用第二电子设备且多人中包括目标用户。The third situation: When the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is multiple and the identity recognition result includes the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the third The third indication information is used to indicate that multiple people are using the second electronic device and the multiple people include the target user.
第四种情况:在人脸识别结果包括使用者数量和身份识别结果,且使用者数量是多个,身份识别结果为不包括目标用户的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息可以为第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示多人在使用第二电子设备且多人中不包括目标用户。The fourth situation: When the face recognition result includes the number of users and the identity recognition result, and the number of users is multiple and the identity recognition result does not include the target user, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the third Four indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that multiple people are using the second electronic device and the target user is not included among the multiple persons.
第五种情况:在人脸识别结果包括第一预设标识的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息可以为第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示无法确定使用者身份。Fifth situation: When the face recognition result includes the first preset identifier, the second decision engine determines that the user information can be the fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the user's identity cannot be determined.
第六种情况:在人脸识别结果包括第二预设标识的情况下,第二决策引擎确定使用者信息为第五指示信息。Sixth situation: When the face recognition result includes the second preset identifier, the second decision engine determines the user information as the fifth indication information.
步骤B16:第二决策引擎向第一传输模块发送查询数据,查询数据包括设备使用状态信息和使用者信息。Step B16: The second decision engine sends query data to the first transmission module, where the query data includes device usage status information and user information.
也即是,如果第二电子设备处于使用状态中,则该查询数据中除了包括第二电子设备的设备状态信息,还包括第二电子设备的使用者信息。That is, if the second electronic device is in use, the query data includes not only the device status information of the second electronic device, but also the user information of the second electronic device.
譬如该设备状态信息指示第二电子设备正在投屏、正在共享屏幕或处于免打扰状态等,使用者信息包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息或第五指示信息中的一种。For example, the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is projecting, sharing the screen, or in a do-not-disturb state. The user information includes first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, fourth indication information, or fifth indication information. A type of instructional information.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二决策引擎将查询数据发送给第二传输模块,以通过第二传输模块发送给第一电子设备。As an example of this application, the second decision engine sends the query data to the second transmission module to send it to the first electronic device through the second transmission module.
步骤B17:第二传输模块向第一电子设备反馈查询数据。Step B17: The second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device.
第二传输模块通过与第一传输模块之间建立的数据通道,将该查询数据反馈给第一电子设备。The second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device through the data channel established with the first transmission module.
步骤B18:第一传输模块接收查询数据。Step B18: The first transmission module receives the query data.
也即第一电子设备通过第一传输模块接收该查询数据。That is, the first electronic device receives the query data through the first transmission module.
步骤B19:第一传输模块向第一决策引擎发送查询数据。Step B19: The first transmission module sends query data to the first decision engine.
步骤B20:第一决策引擎向第一跨设备通知中心发送查询数据。Step B20: The first decision engine sends query data to the first cross-device notification center.
为了便于后续第一跨设备通知中心能够根据第二电子设备的状态和使用者情况,确定是否转发通知消息,第一决策引擎将该查询数据发送给第一跨设备通知中心。In order to facilitate the first cross-device notification center to subsequently determine whether to forward the notification message based on the status of the second electronic device and the user's situation, the first decision engine sends the query data to the first cross-device notification center.
步骤B21:第一跨设备通知中心存储查询数据。Step B21: The first cross-device notification center stores the query data.
作为本申请的一个示例,若第一跨设备通知中心周期性地向第一决策引擎发送设备查询请求,则按照上述流程,第一通知中心模块即可周期性地获取到第二电子设备反馈的查询数据,并存储最新查询到的查询数据,从而可以及时地获知第二电子设备的状态以及使用者情况。As an example of this application, if the first cross-device notification center periodically sends device query requests to the first decision engine, then according to the above process, the first notification center module can periodically obtain feedback from the second electronic device. Query data, and store the latest query data, so that the status of the second electronic device and the user situation can be learned in a timely manner.
需要说明的是,上述第一电子设备在本端存储第二电子设备的查询数据的流程是本申请实施例一种可选地实现方式,在通知消息的提示流程之前执行。在另一实施例中,第一电子设备还可以通过其他方式获取并存储该查询数据。It should be noted that the above-mentioned process of the first electronic device storing the query data of the second electronic device locally is an optional implementation method of the embodiment of the present application, and is executed before the prompt process of the notification message. In another embodiment, the first electronic device can also obtain and store the query data through other methods.
在本申请实施例中,第一电子设备预先获取并存储第二电子设备的设备状态信息、 使用者信息,从而便于后续在有新的通知消息a时,可以根据所存储的查询数据,确定是否转发通知消息a给第二电子设备,保证了通知流转的效率。另外,在第二电子设备侧确定使用者信息,避免需要将第一人脸信息发送给服务器之类的设备进行确定,从而可以保证信息的安全性,进而提高了设备使用的安全性。In the embodiment of the present application, the first electronic device obtains and stores the device status information of the second electronic device in advance, The user information makes it easier to determine whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the stored query data when there is a new notification message a, thus ensuring the efficiency of notification circulation. In addition, determining the user information on the second electronic device side avoids the need to send the first face information to a device such as a server for determination, thereby ensuring the security of the information and thereby improving the security of device use.
请参考图16,图16是根据另一实施例示出的一种第一电子设备查询第二电子设备的使用情况的流程示意图,具体包括:Please refer to Figure 16. Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of a first electronic device querying the usage status of a second electronic device according to another embodiment, which specifically includes:
步骤C1至步骤C10请参见图14实施例中的步骤B1至步骤B10,这里不再重复赘述。For steps C1 to C10, please refer to step B1 to step B10 in the embodiment of FIG. 14, and details will not be repeated here.
步骤C11:在处于非使用状态下,第二决策引擎向第二传输模块发送查询数据,该查询数据包括设备状态信息。Step C11: When in the non-use state, the second decision engine sends query data to the second transmission module, where the query data includes device status information.
在一个示例中,在第二电子设备设有锁屏密码的情况下,非使用状态是指第二电子设备处于锁屏状态;在第二电子设备未设有锁屏密码的情况下,非使用状态是指第二电子设备处于黑屏状态。In one example, when the second electronic device is provided with a screen lock password, the non-use state means that the second electronic device is in a lock screen state; when the second electronic device is not provided with a screen lock password, the non-use state means that the second electronic device is in a lock screen state. The state refers to that the second electronic device is in a black screen state.
也即如果第二电子设备处于非使用状态,则该查询数据中仅包括第二电子设备的设备状态信息,譬如该设备状态信息用于指示黑屏状态或锁屏状态。That is, if the second electronic device is in a non-use state, the query data only includes device status information of the second electronic device, for example, the device status information is used to indicate a black screen state or a locked screen state.
步骤C12:第二传输模块向第一电子设备反馈查询数据。Step C12: The second transmission module feeds back the query data to the first electronic device.
步骤C13:第一传输模块接收查询数据。Step C13: The first transmission module receives the query data.
步骤C14:第一传输模块向第一决策引擎发送查询数据。Step C14: The first transmission module sends query data to the first decision engine.
步骤C15:第一决策引擎向第一跨设备通知中心发送查询数据。Step C15: The first decision engine sends query data to the first cross-device notification center.
步骤C16:第一跨设备通知中心存储查询数据。Step C16: The first cross-device notification center stores the query data.
其中,步骤C12至C16的具体实现可以参见图14实施例中的步骤B17至步骤B21。For the specific implementation of steps C12 to C16, please refer to steps B17 to step B21 in the embodiment of FIG. 14 .
在第一电子设备中存储有该查询数据的情况下,当第一电子设备中存在新的通知消息a时,可以根据该查询数据确定是否要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备,以及确定在需要转发通知消息a的情况下是否需要进行隐藏显示。作为本申请的一个示例,请参考图17,具体包括如下几种可能的情况:In the case where the query data is stored in the first electronic device, when there is a new notification message a in the first electronic device, it can be determined based on the query data whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device, and determine whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device. Whether the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed when it needs to be forwarded. As an example of this application, please refer to Figure 17, which specifically includes the following possible situations:
第一种情况:若该查询数据中包括设备状态信息和使用者信息,则说明第二电子设备当前正处于使用状态。该种情况下,如果该设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第一使用状态,第一使用状态是投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态中的一种,则第一跨设备通知中心确定需要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备,并且确定此时不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。First case: If the query data includes device status information and user information, it means that the second electronic device is currently in use. In this case, if the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the first use state, and the first use state is one of the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, the shared desktop state, and the do not disturb mode turned on state, Then the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device, and determines that the notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed at this time.
第二种情况:若该查询数据中包括设备状态信息和使用者信息,则说明第二电子设备当前处于使用状态。该种情况下,如果该设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第二使用状态,则第一跨设备通知中心根据使用者信息,确定要转发通知消息a,以及是否需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。具体可以包括如下几种情况:Second case: If the query data includes device status information and user information, it means that the second electronic device is currently in use. In this case, if the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state, the first cross-device notification center determines to forward the notification message a based on the user information, and whether the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed. . Specifically, it may include the following situations:
1、当根据使用者信息确定第二电子设备当前的使用者仅包括目标用户时,确定需要转发通知消息a,且不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。1. When it is determined based on the user information that the current users of the second electronic device only include the target user, it is determined that notification message a needs to be forwarded, and notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed.
在一个示例中,当使用者信息中包括第一指示信息时,说明当前有单人在使用第 二电子设备且使用者是目标用户,该种情况下,由于目标用户在使用第二电子设备,所以需要在第二电子设备中显示通知消息a以对目标用户进行提示,并且不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示,因此,第一跨设备通知中心确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备,且确定不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。In one example, when the user information includes the first indication information, it means that a single person is currently using the third indication information. There are two electronic devices and the user is the target user. In this case, since the target user is using the second electronic device, the notification message a needs to be displayed on the second electronic device to prompt the target user, and there is no need to modify the notification message a performs hidden display. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device, and determines that the notification message a does not need to be hidden and displayed.
2、当根据使用者信息确定第二电子设备当前的使用者包括目标用户和其他用户时,确定需要转发通知消息a,且需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。2. When it is determined based on the user information that the current users of the second electronic device include the target user and other users, it is determined that the notification message a needs to be forwarded and the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
在一个示例中,当使用者信息中包括第三指示信息时,说明当前有多人在使用第二电子设备且使用者中包括目标用户,该种情况下,由于目标用户在使用第二设备,所以需要在第二电子设备中显示通知消息a以对目标用户进行提示,因此,第一跨设备通知中心确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备。另外,由于第二电子设备当前的使用者还包括其他用户,所以确定需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。In one example, when the user information includes the third indication information, it means that multiple people are currently using the second electronic device and the users include the target user. In this case, since the target user is using the second device, Therefore, the notification message a needs to be displayed on the second electronic device to prompt the target user. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. In addition, since the current users of the second electronic device also include other users, it is determined that the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
3、当根据使用者信息无法确定第二电子设备当前的使用者是否包括目标用户时,确定需要转发通知消息a,且需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。3. When it cannot be determined based on the user information whether the current user of the second electronic device includes the target user, it is determined that the notification message a needs to be forwarded and the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
在一个示例中,当使用者信息中包括第五指示信息时,说明无法确定第二电子设备当前的使用者的身份,在一种可能的情况下,第二电子设备当前的使用者可能包括目标用户,所以为了避免针对该种情况目标用户漏查通知消息a,第一跨设备通知中心确定需要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。为了避免第二电子设备当前的使用者为其他用户,第一电子设备此时确定需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。In one example, when the user information includes the fifth indication information, it means that the identity of the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined. In one possible case, the current user of the second electronic device may include the target. user, so in order to avoid the target user missing the notification message a in this situation, the first cross-device notification center determines that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. In order to prevent the current user of the second electronic device from being another user, the first electronic device determines that the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
4、当根据使用者信息确定第二电子设备当前的使用者不包括目标用户时,确定不需要转发通知消息a。4. When it is determined based on the user information that the current user of the second electronic device does not include the target user, it is determined that the notification message a does not need to be forwarded.
在一个示例中,当使用者信息中包括第二指示信息时,说明当前有单人在使用第二电子设备且使用者不是目标用户,该种情况下,由于不是目标用户在使用第二电子设备,也就不需要在第二电子设备中对通知消息a进行显示,因此第一跨设备通知中心确定不需要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。在另一个示例中,当使用者信息中包括第四指示信息时,说明当前有多人在使用第二电子设备且使用者中不包括目标用户,该种情况下,由于目标用户没有在使用第二电子设备,所以也就不需要第二电子设备中对通知消息a进行显示,因此第一跨设备通知中心确定不需要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。In one example, when the user information includes the second indication information, it means that a single person is currently using the second electronic device and the user is not the target user. In this case, since it is not the target user who is using the second electronic device, , that is, there is no need to display the notification message a in the second electronic device, so the first cross-device notification center determines that there is no need to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device. In another example, when the user information includes the fourth indication information, it means that multiple people are currently using the second electronic device and the users do not include the target user. In this case, since the target user is not using the second electronic device, There is a second electronic device, so there is no need to display the notification message a on the second electronic device. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center determines that there is no need to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device.
第三种情况;若该查询数据中仅包括设备状态信息,则根据图16可知,此时该设备状态信息一般是用于指示第二电子设备当前处于未使用状态,譬如黑屏状态或锁屏状态,此时说明目标用户没有在使用第二电子设备,也就不需要在第二电子设备中对通知消息a进行显示,所以该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心确定不将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。The third situation: if the query data only includes device status information, then according to Figure 16, it can be seen that the device status information at this time is generally used to indicate that the second electronic device is currently in an unused state, such as a black screen state or a locked screen state. , at this time, it means that the target user is not using the second electronic device, and there is no need to display the notification message a on the second electronic device. Therefore, in this case, the first cross-device notification center determines not to forward the notification message a. to the second electronic device.
接下来,以第一电子设备确定需要对通知消息a进行转发且不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示为例,譬如第一跨设备通知中心存储有设备状态信息且设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第一使用状态,第一使用状态是投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态中的一种,也即查询数据中包括设备状态信息和使用者信息。当然,这里仅是以该种情况为例进行说明,针对上述其他与此具有相同判断 结果的几种情况,均可以按照如下流程进行通知消息提示。具体地,请参考图18,该方法可以包括如下内容:Next, take the first electronic device as an example to determine that it needs to forward notification message a and does not need to hide and display notification message a. For example, the first cross-device notification center stores device status information and the device status information indicates that the second electronic device In the first use state, the first use state is one of the screen casting state, the screen being projected state, the shared desktop state, and the do not disturb mode turned on state, that is, the query data includes device status information and user information. Of course, this situation is only used as an example for explanation. The same judgment applies to the other situations mentioned above. In several cases of results, notification messages can be prompted according to the following process. Specifically, please refer to Figure 18. The method may include the following:
步骤D1:第一通知发送模块接收消息m。Step D1: The first notification sending module receives the message m.
根据第一通知发送模块不同,消息m的类型不同。譬如,在第一通知发送模块是微信TM应用程序的情况下,消息m是微信消息。再如,在第一通知发送模块是通话TM应用程序的情况下,消息m是来电消息。Depending on the first notification sending module, the type of message m is different. For example, in the case where the first notification sending module is the WeChat TM application, the message m is a WeChat message. For another example, in the case where the first notification sending module is the Call TM application, the message m is an incoming call message.
作为示例而非限定,消息m还可以是短信消息、还款消息、话费欠费消息、取快递消息、商品发货消息、物流追踪消息等。As an example and not a limitation, the message m may also be a short message message, a repayment message, a phone bill arrears message, a courier pickup message, a product delivery message, a logistics tracking message, etc.
步骤D2:第一通知发送模块生成通知消息a。Step D2: The first notification sending module generates notification message a.
以第一通知发送模块是微信TM应用程序为例,目标用户在通过第一电子设备中的微信TM应用程序与其他用户聊天的过程中,如果其他用户使用手机给目标用户发送微信消息,则在微信TM应用程序接收到微信消息后,生成微信通知消息,也即此时通知消息a为微信通知消息。再如以第一通知发送模块是通话应用程序为例,当其他用户给目标用户拨打电话且目标用户未在接听时间内接听,也即存在未接来电时,通话应用程序生成未接来电通知消息,也即此时通知消息a为未接来电通知消息。Taking the first notification sending module as a WeChat TM application as an example, when the target user is chatting with other users through the WeChat TM application in the first electronic device, if other users use their mobile phones to send WeChat messages to the target user, then After receiving the WeChat message, the WeChat TM application generates a WeChat notification message, that is, the notification message a is a WeChat notification message at this time. Another example is that the first notification sending module is a calling application. When other users make calls to the target user and the target user does not answer the call within the answering time, that is, when there is a missed call, the calling application generates a missed call notification message. , that is, the notification message a at this time is a missed call notification message.
步骤D3:第一通知发送模块向第一通知管理服务框架发送通知消息a。Step D3: The first notification sending module sends notification message a to the first notification management service framework.
步骤D4:第一通知管理服务框架向第一跨设备通知中心上报通知消息a和第一通知发送模块的应用信息。Step D4: The first notification management service framework reports the notification message a and the application information of the first notification sending module to the first cross-device notification center.
该应用信息用于唯一地指示一个应用程序。This application information is used to uniquely indicate an application.
为了能够对通知消息a进行显示,以及确定是否要将通知消息a发送给第二电子设备,第一通知管理服务框架将通知消息a上报给第一跨设备通知中心进行处理。In order to display the notification message a and determine whether to send the notification message a to the second electronic device, the first notification management service framework reports the notification message a to the first cross-device notification center for processing.
作为本申请的一个示例,为了便于第一跨设备通知中心可以获知通知消息a是来自哪个应用程序,第一通知管理服务框架还可以将发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的应用信息发送给第一跨设备通知中心。As an example of this application, in order for the first cross-device notification center to know which application the notification message a comes from, the first notification management service framework can also send the application information of the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a to The first cross-device notification center.
步骤D5:第一跨设备通知中心显示通知消息a。Step D5: The first cross-device notification center displays notification message a.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一跨设备通知中心通过第一跨设备通知管理子模块接收通知消息a,之后,第一跨设备通知管理子模块将通知消息a转发给第一跨设备通知中心的第一通知显示子模块,由第一通知显示子模块显示通知消息a,以便于目标用户可以在第一电子设备中查看通知消息a。As an example of this application, the first cross-device notification center receives the notification message a through the first cross-device notification management sub-module. After that, the first cross-device notification management sub-module forwards the notification message a to the first cross-device notification center. The first notification display sub-module displays the notification message a by the first notification display sub-module, so that the target user can view the notification message a on the first electronic device.
步骤D6:在智能流转开关开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心向第一通知配置中心发送开关查询请求,开关查询请求携带该应用信息。Step D6: When the smart transfer switch is turned on, the first cross-device notification center sends a switch query request to the first notification configuration center, and the switch query request carries the application information.
开关查询请求用于请求查询该应用信息对应的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能是否开启。The switch query request is used to request to query whether the notification flow function of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information is enabled.
根据前文记载可知,在第一电子设备提供有通知智能隐藏显示的功能的开关的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心在查询第二电子设备的使用情况的过程中,可以查询到智能流转开关的状态,并且,如果智能流转开关的状态发生变化,第一通知配置中心也会通知第一跨设备通知中心,所以,第一跨设备通知中心可以实时获知通知流转开关的状态,也即第一跨设备通知中心可以确定当前是否开启了通知智能隐藏显示的功能。According to the foregoing description, when the first electronic device provides a switch with the function of notifying the smart hidden display, the first cross-device notification center can query the status of the smart transfer switch during the process of querying the usage status of the second electronic device. status, and if the status of the smart transfer switch changes, the first notification configuration center will also notify the first cross-device notification center. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center can learn the status of the notification transfer switch in real time, that is, the first cross-device notification center The device notification center can determine whether the smart hiding and displaying function of notifications is currently turned on.
在确定通知智能隐藏显示的功能开启的情况下,由于第一电子设备中可能只有某 个或者某些应用程序开启了通知流转功能,但还有的应用程序没有开启通知流转功能,所以,第一跨设备通知中心可以根据该应用信息,从第一通知配置中心中查询发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块是否开启了通知流转功能。In the case where it is determined that the function of smart hiding display of notifications is turned on, since there may be only one in the first electronic device One or some applications have the notification flow function turned on, but some applications do not have the notification flow function turned on. Therefore, the first cross-device notification center can query and send the notification message a from the first notification configuration center based on the application information. Whether the first notification sending module has enabled the notification circulation function.
需要说明的是,上述是以第一电子设备提供有智能流转开关为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,如果第一电子设备不包括智能流转开关,而是默认具有通知智能隐藏显示的功能,则在步骤D6中,第一跨设备通知中心直接向第一通知配置中心发送开关查询请求。It should be noted that the above description is based on the example that the first electronic device is provided with an intelligent flow switch. In another embodiment, if the first electronic device does not include a smart transfer switch, but has the function of smart hiding and display of notifications by default, then in step D6, the first cross-device notification center directly sends the switch to the first notification configuration center Query request.
需要说明的是,步骤D5与步骤D6之间没有严格的先后执行顺序。It should be noted that there is no strict execution sequence between step D5 and step D6.
步骤D7:第一通知配置中心根据应用信息,查询对应的第一通知发送模块是否已开启通知流转功能。Step D7: The first notification configuration center queries the corresponding first notification sending module according to the application information whether the notification circulation function has been enabled.
示例性地,第一电子设备可以针对不同应用程序提供通知流转开关,该通知流转开关用于开启或关闭对应的应用程序的通知流转功能。譬如,当用户想要设置某应用程序的通知流转功能时,按照“设置”—“超级终端”的路径打开超级终端设置界面,如图19中的(a)图所示。用户可以点击超级终端设置界面中的“超级通知”选项,响应于用户对“超级通知”选项的触发操作,第一电子设备打开应用通知流转设置界面,如图19中的(b)图所示。在一个示例中,该应用通知流转设置界面中包括通知流转总开关(也可以不包括该通知流程总开关),并且针对每个应用程序均提供有一个通知流转开关。当用户想要打开某个应用程序的通知流转功能时,可以打开该通知流转总开关以及将该应用程序对应的通知流转开关打开,响应于用户的该操作,第一电子设备针对该应用程序开启通知流转功能。当然,针对那些没有打开对应的通知流程开关的应用程序,该类应用程序未开启通知流转功能。For example, the first electronic device may provide a notification flow switch for different applications, and the notification flow switch is used to turn on or off the notification flow function of the corresponding application program. For example, when the user wants to set the notification flow function of an application, follow the path of "Settings" - "HyperTerminal" to open the HyperTerminal setting interface, as shown in (a) of Figure 19. The user can click the "Super Notification" option in the Hyper Terminal setting interface. In response to the user's triggering operation on the "Super Notification" option, the first electronic device opens the application notification flow setting interface, as shown in (b) of Figure 19 . In one example, the application notification flow setting interface includes a notification flow master switch (the notification flow master switch may not be included), and a notification flow switch is provided for each application. When the user wants to turn on the notification flow function of a certain application, he can turn on the notification flow master switch and the notification flow switch corresponding to the application. In response to the user's operation, the first electronic device turns on the notification flow switch for the application. Notification circulation function. Of course, for those applications that do not turn on the corresponding notification process switch, the notification flow function is not turned on for such applications.
作为本申请的一个示例,如果没有设置如图19中的(b)图所示的通知流转总开关,则第一通知配置中心仅查询该应用信息对应的第一通知发送模块的通知流转开关的状态,根据第一通知发送模块的通知流转开关的状态,确定第一通知发送模块是否已开启通知流转功能。若发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块对应的通知流转开关开启,则确定发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能已开启,否则,如果发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块对应的通知流转开关关闭,则确定发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能未开启。As an example of this application, if there is no notification flow master switch as shown in (b) of Figure 19, the first notification configuration center only queries the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information. Status, according to the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module, determine whether the first notification sending module has turned on the notification flow function. If the notification flow switch corresponding to the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is turned on, it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a has been turned on. Otherwise, if the first notification sending module that sends notification message a If the corresponding notification flow switch is turned off, it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is not turned on.
作为本申请的另一个示例,请参考图19中的(b)图,第一电子设备还提供有通知流转总开关,也即图中的“超级通知”的开关,该种情况下,第一通知配置中心除了查询应用信息对应的第一通知发送模块的通知流转开关的状态,还查询通知流转总开关的状态。根据应用信息对应的第一通知发送模块的通知流转开关的状态,结合通知流转总开关的状态,确定第一通知发送模块是否已开启通知流转功能。譬如,如果目标用户在应用通知流转设置界面中开启了通知流转总开关,且发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块对应的通知流转开关预先被打开,则第一通知配置中心反馈的开关查询结果用于指示发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能已开启。否则,如果通知流转总开关关闭,或者通知流转总开关开启但发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块对应的通知流转开关关闭,则第一通知配置中心反馈的开关查询结果用于指示发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能未开启。 As another example of this application, please refer to Figure 19(b). The first electronic device also provides a notification flow master switch, that is, the "super notification" switch in the figure. In this case, the first electronic device In addition to querying the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information, the notification configuration center also queries the status of the main notification flow switch. According to the status of the notification flow switch of the first notification sending module corresponding to the application information, combined with the status of the notification flow main switch, it is determined whether the first notification sending module has turned on the notification flow function. For example, if the target user turns on the notification flow master switch in the application notification flow setting interface, and the notification flow switch corresponding to the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is turned on in advance, then the switch query result fed back by the first notification configuration center The notification flow function of the first notification sending module used to indicate sending notification message a has been turned on. Otherwise, if the notification circulation main switch is turned off, or the notification circulation main switch is turned on but the notification circulation switch corresponding to the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a is turned off, the switch query result fed back by the first notification configuration center is used to instruct the sending of the notification message. The notification circulation function of the first notification sending module of a is not enabled.
步骤D8:第一通知配置中心向第一跨设备通知中心反馈功能状态的查询结果。Step D8: The first notification configuration center feeds back the query result of the function status to the first cross-device notification center.
在确定发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能已开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心执行如下步骤D9的操作。当然,如果发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块的通知流转功能未开启,则第一跨设备通知中心不执行如下步骤D9的操作,譬如该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心可以只显示通知消息a,不转发给第二电子设备。When it is determined that the notification flow function of the first notification sending module that sends the notification message a has been turned on, the first cross-device notification center performs the following operation of step D9. Of course, if the notification circulation function of the first notification sending module that sends notification message a is not turned on, the first cross-device notification center does not perform the following operation of step D9. For example, in this case, the first cross-device notification center can only display The notification message a is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一跨设备通知中心可以通过第一跨设备通知管理子模块执行上述操作,也即第一跨设备通知管理子模块可以用于接收通知第一通知管理服务框架上报的通知消息a,并查询发送通知消息a的第一通知发送模块是否开启通知流转功能。As an example of this application, the first cross-device notification center can perform the above operations through the first cross-device notification management sub-module, that is, the first cross-device notification management sub-module can be used to receive notifications reported by the first notification management service framework. Notify message a, and query whether the first notification sending module that sends notification message a has enabled the notification circulation function.
需要说明的是,上述是以在智能流转开关开启的情况下,查询第一通知发送模块是否开启通知流转功能为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,在智能流转开关开启的情况下,也可以不查询,而是直接执行后续步骤,也即只要智能流程开关开启,就可以按照下述方式进行消息提示。It should be noted that the above description is based on the example of querying whether the first notification sending module enables the notification circulation function when the smart circulation switch is turned on. In another embodiment, when the smart flow switch is turned on, subsequent steps may be directly executed without querying. That is, as long as the smart process switch is turned on, message prompts may be performed in the following manner.
步骤D9:在通知流转功能开启的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心根据设备状态信息,确定转发通知消息a给第二电子设备。Step D9: When the notification flow function is turned on, the first cross-device notification center determines to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the device status information.
根据上述记载可知,第一跨设备通知中心中存储有周期性查询到的第二电子设备的查询数据,所以第一跨设备通知中心可以根据该查询数据,确定是否要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。在查询数据中的设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,确定要将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备。According to the above description, the first cross-device notification center stores query data of the second electronic device that is periodically queried, so the first cross-device notification center can determine whether to forward the notification message a to the third electronic device based on the query data. 2. Electronic equipment. When the device status information in the query data indicates that the second electronic device is in the first use state, it is determined that the notification message a is to be forwarded to the second electronic device.
当然需要说明的是,本申请实施例是以确定要将通知消息a给第二电子设备进行为例进行说明。如果确定不需要转发通知消息a,则第一跨设备通知中心不对通知消息a进行转发,此时结束操作。Of course, it should be noted that the embodiment of the present application is based on the example of determining that the notification message a is to be sent to the second electronic device. If it is determined that notification message a does not need to be forwarded, the first cross-device notification center does not forward notification message a, and the operation ends at this time.
还需要说明的是,上述是以各个应用程序对应有通知流转开关为例,在另一实施例中,如果默认对各个应用程序的通知消息具有通知流转功能,则第一跨设备通知中心在接收到通知消息a后不查询通知流转功能是否开启,而是直接根据查询数据,确定是否要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备。It should also be noted that the above is an example of a notification flow switch corresponding to each application. In another embodiment, if the notification message of each application has a notification flow function by default, the first cross-device notification center receives After receiving the notification message a, it does not query whether the notification circulation function is enabled, but directly determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the query data.
步骤D10:在确定不需要隐藏显示的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心将通知消息a封装成显示态数据。Step D10: When it is determined that there is no need to hide the display, the first cross-device notification center encapsulates the notification message a into display state data.
第一跨设备通知中心可以将根据第二电子设备的使用者情况对通知消息a的进行封装。作为本申请的一个示例,当第二电子设备的使用状态是第一使用状态时,由于第二电子设备会在通知栏中显示通知消息a,所以可以确定不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。如果确定不需要第二电子设备隐藏显示通知消息a,则第一跨设备通知中心可以按照常规的封装方式对通知消息a进行封装,譬如先对通知消息a进行解码,以确定通知消息a中包括的通知内容,然后可以对该通知内容进行编码,得到封装后的数据,可以称为显示态数据。The first cross-device notification center may encapsulate the notification message a according to the user situation of the second electronic device. As an example of this application, when the usage state of the second electronic device is the first usage state, since the second electronic device displays the notification message a in the notification bar, it can be determined that there is no need to hide the notification message a. If it is determined that the second electronic device does not need to hide and display the notification message a, the first cross-device notification center can encapsulate the notification message a according to a conventional encapsulation method, for example, first decode the notification message a to determine that the notification message a includes The notification content can then be encoded to obtain encapsulated data, which can be called display data.
步骤D11:第一跨设备通知中心向第一应用接续框架发送显示态数据和地址信息。Step D11: The first cross-device notification center sends display status data and address information to the first application connection framework.
该地址信息为第二电子设备的地址信息,用于指示需要将该显示态数据向哪发送。The address information is the address information of the second electronic device and is used to indicate where the display data needs to be sent.
为了能够将该显示态数据发送给第二电子设备,第一跨设备通知中心调用第一应 用接续框架提供的数据传输接口,以将显示态数据发送给第一应用接续框架。In order to be able to send the display state data to the second electronic device, the first cross-device notification center calls the first response Use the data transmission interface provided by the connection framework to send the display state data to the first application connection framework.
可选地,为了便于第二电子设备中的第二跨设备通知中心后续可以快速根据使用者信息,采用对应的方式显示通知消息a,第一跨设备通知中心还可以将第二电子设备的使用者信息也发送给第一应用接续框架。Optionally, in order to facilitate the second cross-device notification center in the second electronic device to quickly display the notification message a in a corresponding manner according to the user information, the first cross-device notification center can also use the second electronic device The user information is also sent to the first application connection framework.
步骤D12:第一应用接续框架按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对显示态数据进行封装,得到封装数据。Step D12: The first application connection framework encapsulates the display data according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data.
在实施中,第一应用接续框架按照第一传输模块所采用的指定传输协议的封装格式,对该显示态数据进行封装,以便于封装后得到的封装数据能够满足底层的格式要求。指定传输协议可以根据实际需求进行设置,如指定传输协议可以为传输控制协议(transmission control protocol,TCP)等。In implementation, the first application connection framework encapsulates the display data according to the encapsulation format of the designated transmission protocol used by the first transmission module, so that the encapsulated data obtained after encapsulation can meet the underlying format requirements. The specified transmission protocol can be set according to actual needs. For example, the specified transmission protocol can be transmission control protocol (TCP), etc.
步骤D13:第一应用接续框架向第一传输模块发送封装数据和地址信息。Step D13: The first application connection framework sends encapsulated data and address information to the first transmission module.
第一应用接续框架将封装后得到的封装数据发送给第一传输模块,以便于通过第一传输模块将封装数据发送给第二电子设备。The first application connection framework sends the encapsulated encapsulated data to the first transmission module, so that the encapsulated data can be sent to the second electronic device through the first transmission module.
值得一提的是,在第一跨设备通知中心与第一传输模块之间增加第一应用接续框架,如此,第一跨设备通知中心只需要将待传输的数据发送给第一应用接续框架,由第一应用接续框架按照底层的指定传输协议进行封装,从而使得应用层不需要关注底层的传输逻辑。It is worth mentioning that a first application connection frame is added between the first cross-device notification center and the first transmission module. In this way, the first cross-device notification center only needs to send the data to be transmitted to the first application connection frame. The first application connection framework performs encapsulation according to the designated transmission protocol of the underlying layer, so that the application layer does not need to pay attention to the underlying transmission logic.
步骤D14:第一传输模块基于地址信息向第二电子设备发送封装数据。Step D14: The first transmission module sends encapsulated data to the second electronic device based on the address information.
步骤D15:第二传输模块接收封装数据。Step D15: The second transmission module receives the encapsulated data.
也即第二电子设备通过第二传输模块接收封装数据。That is, the second electronic device receives the encapsulated data through the second transmission module.
步骤D16:第二传输模块向第二应用接续框架发送封装数据。Step D16: The second transmission module sends the encapsulated data to the second application connection framework.
步骤D17:第二应用接续框架按照指定传输协议,解析封装数据,得到显示态数据。Step D17: The second application connection framework parses the encapsulated data according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain display data.
由于显示态数据是按照指定传输协议进行封装的,所以,在接收到该封装数据后,可以按照指定传输协议对该封装数据进行解析,从而得到显示态数据。Since the display data is encapsulated according to the specified transmission protocol, after receiving the encapsulated data, the encapsulated data can be parsed according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain the display data.
步骤D18:第二应用接续框架向第二跨设备通知中心发送显示态数据。Step D18: The second application connection framework sends display status data to the second cross-device notification center.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二跨设备通知中心包括第二跨设备通知管理子模块和第二通知显示子模块。第二应用程序框架将该显示态数据发送至该第二跨设备通知管理子模块。As an example of this application, the second cross-device notification center includes a second cross-device notification management sub-module and a second notification display sub-module. The second application framework sends the display status data to the second cross-device notification management sub-module.
步骤D19:第二跨设备通知中心基于该显示态数据,构造通知消息b。Step D19: The second cross-device notification center constructs notification message b based on the display state data.
作为本申请的一个示例,在第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能开启的情况下,第二跨设备通知中心基于该显示态数据,构造通知消息b。As an example of this application, when the notification intelligent hiding display function of the second electronic device is turned on, the second cross-device notification center constructs the notification message b based on the display state data.
由于该显示态数据中包括通知消息a的通知内容,所以为了便于后续能够对通知内容,以通知的方式进行显示,第二跨设备通知中心可以基于显示态数据构造具有通知特征的通知消息b。在实施中,第二跨设备通知中心可以通过第二跨设备通知管理子模块,对封装数据进行解析,得到通知消息a的通知内容,然后根据该通知内容构造通知消息b。Since the display state data includes the notification content of the notification message a, in order to facilitate subsequent display of the notification content in the form of a notification, the second cross-device notification center can construct a notification message b with notification characteristics based on the display state data. In implementation, the second cross-device notification center may parse the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification management submodule to obtain the notification content of notification message a, and then construct notification message b based on the notification content.
当然,在第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能没有开启的情况下,第二跨设备通知中心不对显示态数据进行处理,如此,第二电子设备中也就不会显示该通知消 息a。Of course, when the smart hidden display function of notifications of the second electronic device is not turned on, the second cross-device notification center does not process the display status data. In this way, the notification message will not be displayed on the second electronic device. interest a.
需要说明的是,如果第二电子设备也不包括该通知智能隐藏显示的功能开关,而是默认具有通知智能隐藏显示的功能,则第二跨设备通知中心直接基于接收的显示态数据,构造通知消息b。It should be noted that if the second electronic device does not include a function switch for intelligently hiding and displaying notifications, but has the function of intelligently hiding and displaying notifications by default, then the second cross-device notification center directly constructs a notification based on the received display state data. Message b.
步骤D20:第二跨设备通知中心向第二通知管理服务框架发送通知消息b。Step D20: The second cross-device notification center sends the notification message b to the second notification management service framework.
由于第二电子设备中所有的通知消息都由第二通知管理服务框架进行管理和上报,所以为了不改变通知上报的框架,第二跨设备通知中心在构造通知消息b后,模拟应用程序上报通知消息的流程,将通知消息b发送给第二通知管理服务框架。如此,可以在不改变Andorid系统原有的通知上报流程的基础上实现,从而可以避免影响系统的稳定性。Since all notification messages in the second electronic device are managed and reported by the second notification management service framework, in order not to change the notification reporting framework, the second cross-device notification center simulates the application to report the notification after constructing the notification message b. The message flow is to send the notification message b to the second notification management service framework. In this way, it can be implemented without changing the original notification reporting process of the Andorid system, thereby avoiding affecting the stability of the system.
步骤D21:第二通知管理服务框架向第二跨设备通知中心上报通知消息b。Step D21: The second notification management service framework reports the notification message b to the second cross-device notification center.
第二通知管理服务框架按照通知上报方式,将通知消息b发送给第二跨设备通知中心中的第二跨设备通知管理子模块。之后,第二跨设备通知管理子模块可以通过如下方式确定采用何种方式显示通知消息b。The second notification management service framework sends the notification message b to the second cross-device notification management sub-module in the second cross-device notification center according to the notification reporting method. After that, the second cross-device notification management sub-module can determine the method to display the notification message b in the following manner.
需要说明的是,上述步骤D20与步骤D21是可选操作,在另一个示例中,也可以不执行该操作。It should be noted that the above steps D20 and D21 are optional operations, and in another example, this operation may not be performed.
步骤D22:第二跨设备通知中心向第二决策引擎查询发送设备状态查询指令。Step D22: The second cross-device notification center sends a device status query instruction to the second decision engine.
如前文所述,第二决策引擎可以感知设备状态,所以,第二跨设备通知中心可以向第二决策引擎查询第二电子设备当前的使用状态,譬如该使用状态可能是共享桌面状态或投屏状态等。As mentioned above, the second decision engine can sense the device status. Therefore, the second cross-device notification center can query the second decision engine for the current usage status of the second electronic device. For example, the usage status may be a shared desktop status or screen mirroring. Status etc.
在一个示例中,第二跨设备通知中心可以向第二决策引擎发送设备状态查询指令,以使得第二决策引擎反馈用于指示第二电子设备的使用状态的信息。In one example, the second cross-device notification center may send a device status query instruction to the second decision engine, so that the second decision engine feeds back information indicating the usage status of the second electronic device.
步骤D23:第二决策引擎向第二跨设备通知中心返回设备状态信息。Step D23: The second decision engine returns the device status information to the second cross-device notification center.
步骤D24:在设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第一使用状态的情况下,第二跨设备通知中心将通知消息b显示于通知栏中。Step D24: When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the first usage state, the second cross-device notification center displays the notification message b in the notification bar.
在第二电子设备的使用状态为第一使用状态的情况下,为了不对观看第二电子设备的用户造成干扰,第二跨设备通知中心不以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息b,而是在通知栏中显示通知消息b。作为一个示例,由于不再当前的显示界面中显示通知消息b,所以也就不会存在泄漏隐私的问题,因此在通知栏中,第二跨设备通知中心以传统的方式显示通知消息b,也即显示有通知消息b的关键信息。When the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status, in order not to cause interference to the user watching the second electronic device, the second cross-device notification center does not display the notification message b in the form of a banner notification, but in the notification A notification message b is displayed in the column. As an example, since notification message b is no longer displayed in the current display interface, there is no problem of privacy leakage. Therefore, in the notification bar, the second cross-device notification center displays notification message b in a traditional way, as well. That is, the key information of the notification message b is displayed.
不难理解,由于通知消息b是基于通知消息a的通知内容构造的,所以,显示通知消息b也就等同于对通知消息a进行提示。It is easy to understand that since notification message b is constructed based on the notification content of notification message a, displaying notification message b is equivalent to prompting notification message a.
作为本申请的一个示例,在第二电子设备的使用状态是第二使用状态的情况下,如果根据使用者信息确定第二电子设备当前的使用者仅包括目标用户,则第二跨设备通知中心以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息b,且所显示的横幅通知中包括通知消息a的关键信息。譬如请参见图4,此时显示的横幅通知可以如图中的41所示。As an example of this application, when the usage status of the second electronic device is the second usage status, if it is determined based on the user information that the current users of the second electronic device only include the target user, the second cross-device notification center The notification message b is displayed in the form of a banner notification, and the displayed banner notification includes key information of the notification message a. For example, please refer to Figure 4. The banner notification displayed at this time can be shown as 41 in the figure.
在本申请实施例中,第一电子设备根据第二电子设备的使用情境,确定是否要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备,以避免在一些情境下泄露用户的隐私。 In this embodiment of the present application, the first electronic device determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device according to the usage context of the second electronic device, so as to avoid leaking the user's privacy in some situations.
需要说明的是,上述是以在确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备且不需要隐藏显示通知消息a为例进行说明。接下来,对在确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备且需要隐藏显示通知消息a的情况下,对通知消息的提示流程进行介绍。譬如第一跨设备通知中心中存储有设备状态信息和使用者信息(也即查询数据中包括设备状态信息和使用者信息),设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第二使用状态,第二使用状态是除第一使用状态之外的其他使用状态;使用者信息指示无法确定第二电子设备当前的使用者,或者指示第二电子设备当前的使用者包括目标用户和除目标用户之外的其他用户,请参考图20,通知消息的提示方法具体可以包括如下内容:It should be noted that the above description is based on the example of determining that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device and there is no need to hide and display the notification message a. Next, when it is determined that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device and the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed, the notification message prompting process will be introduced. For example, the first cross-device notification center stores device status information and user information (that is, the query data includes device status information and user information). The device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state. The status is a usage status other than the first usage status; the user information indicates that the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, or indicates that the current user of the second electronic device includes the target user and others other than the target user. Users, please refer to Figure 20. The prompt method of the notification message may include the following content:
步骤E1-E8请参见上述图18所示实施例中的步骤D1至步骤D8。For steps E1-E8, please refer to steps D1 to D8 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤E9:在通知流转功能开启的情况下,根据设备状态信息和使用者信息,确定转发通知消息a给第二电子设备。Step E9: When the notification forwarding function is turned on, determine to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device according to the device status information and user information.
在通知流转功能开启的情况下,如果设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于第二使用状态,且使用者信息指示无法确定第二电子设备当前的使用者,则确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备,且需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示。When the notification forwarding function is turned on, if the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the second use state, and the user information indicates that the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, it is determined that notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. Electronic equipment, and the notification message a needs to be hidden and displayed.
步骤E10:在确定需要隐藏显示的情况下,第一跨设备通知中心将通知消息a封装成显示态数据和隐藏态数据。Step E10: When it is determined that the display needs to be hidden, the first cross-device notification center encapsulates the notification message a into display state data and hidden state data.
作为本申请的一个示例,当第二电子设备的使用状态为第二使用状态,且无法确定第二电子设备的使用者身份时,为了避免第二电子设备的使用者中包括目标用户,通常第二电子设备需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示,在该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心在封装时,可以封装成两份数据,其中一份数据是按照常规的方式进行封装,以得到显示态数据;另一份数据需要对通知消息a中的关键信息进行隐藏,譬如可以利用指定字符替换掉该关键消息,以得到隐藏态数据。其中,指定字符可以根据实际需求进行设置。As an example of this application, when the usage status of the second electronic device is the second usage status and the identity of the user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, in order to avoid that the users of the second electronic device include the target user, usually the third The second electronic device needs to hide and display notification message a. In this case, when encapsulating, the first cross-device notification center can encapsulate into two pieces of data, one of which is encapsulated in a conventional way to be displayed. State data; another piece of data needs to hide the key information in notification message a. For example, the key information can be replaced with specified characters to obtain hidden state data. Among them, the specified characters can be set according to actual needs.
根据上述描述可知,第一跨设备通知中对通知消息a进行封装时,显示态数据始终进行封装,隐藏态数据根据第二电子设备当前的使用者情况确定是否要封装。作为本申请的一个示例,为了便于对端区分显示态数据和隐藏态数据,可以分别给显示态数据和隐藏态数据添加标签,譬如显示态数据可以添加第一标签value1,隐藏态数据可以添加第二标签value2。According to the above description, when the notification message a is encapsulated in the first cross-device notification, the displayed data is always encapsulated, and the hidden data is determined whether to be encapsulated according to the current user situation of the second electronic device. As an example of this application, in order to facilitate the other end to distinguish the displayed data and the hidden data, tags can be added to the displayed data and the hidden data respectively. For example, the displayed data can be added with the first tag value1, and the hidden data can be added with the third tag. Two labels value2.
步骤E11:第一跨设备通知中心向第一应用接续框架发送显示态数据、隐藏态数据、使用者信息以及地址信息。Step E11: The first cross-device notification center sends display data, hidden data, user information and address information to the first application connection framework.
也即,此时第一跨设备通知中心向第一应用接续框架发送的数据不仅包括显示态数据,还包括隐藏态数据。That is, at this time, the data sent by the first cross-device notification center to the first application connection framework includes not only displayed data but also hidden data.
为了便于第二电子设备中的第二跨设备通知中心后续可以快速根据使用者信息,采用对应的方式显示通知消息a,第一跨设备通知中心可以将第二电子设备的使用者信息也发送给第一应用接续框架。In order to facilitate the second cross-device notification center in the second electronic device to quickly display the notification message a in a corresponding manner according to the user information, the first cross-device notification center can also send the user information of the second electronic device to The first application is the continuation framework.
步骤E12:第一应用接续框架按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对显示态数据、隐藏态数据和使用者信息进行封装,得到封装数据。Step E12: The first application connection framework encapsulates the displayed data, hidden data and user information according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data.
步骤E13至步骤E16的具体实现可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D13至步骤D16。 For the specific implementation of steps E13 to E16, please refer to steps D13 to D16 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤E17:第二应用接续框架按照指定传输协议,解析封装数据,得到解封数据,解封数据包括显示态数据、隐藏态数据、使用者信息。Step E17: The second application connection framework parses the encapsulated data according to the specified transmission protocol to obtain unencapsulated data. The unencapsulated data includes displayed data, hidden data, and user information.
步骤E18:第二应用接续框架向第二跨设备通知中心发送解封数据。Step E18: The second application connection framework sends unblocking data to the second cross-device notification center.
步骤E19:第二跨设备通话中心基于解封数据中的显示态数据,构造通知消息b,通知消息b中携带隐藏态数据。Step E19: The second cross-device call center constructs a notification message b based on the displayed data in the unblocked data, and the notification message b carries hidden data.
步骤E20至步骤E23可以参见上述图18所示实施例中的步骤D20至步骤D23。For steps E20 to E23, please refer to steps D20 to D23 in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤E24:在设备状态信息指示第二电子设备处于视频播放状态的情况下,根据解封数据中的使用者信息,以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息b。Step E24: When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in the video playing state, display the notification message b in the form of a banner notification according to the user information in the unblocking data.
根据前文记载,第一电子设备可以在封装数据中携带使用者信息,如此,第二跨设备通知中心对封装数据解封后,即可得到使用者信息,所以在此,第二跨设备通知中心可以根据使用者信息,采用对应的方式显示通知消息b。According to the previous description, the first electronic device can carry user information in the packaged data. In this way, the second cross-device notification center can obtain the user information after unpacking the packaged data. Therefore, here, the second cross-device notification center The notification message b can be displayed in a corresponding manner according to the user information.
作为本申请的一个示例,如果根据使用者信息确定无法确定第二电子设备当前的使用者身份,则第二跨设备通知中心利用隐藏态数据对通知消息b中的关键信息进行替换,之后,显示替换处理后的通知消息b,也即第二跨设备通知中心以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息b,但横幅通知中不包括通知消息a的关键信息,示例性地,将通知消息b中的关键信息替换成“一条通知”。譬如参见图8,此时显示的横幅通知可以如图8中的81所示。As an example of this application, if it is determined based on the user information that the current user identity of the second electronic device cannot be determined, the second cross-device notification center uses hidden data to replace the key information in the notification message b, and then displays Replace the processed notification message b, that is, the second cross-device notification center displays notification message b in the form of a banner notification, but the banner notification does not include the key information of notification message a. For example, the key information in notification message b is Message is replaced with "a notification". For example, referring to Figure 8, the banner notification displayed at this time can be shown as 81 in Figure 8.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二跨设备通知中心通过第二跨设备通知管理子模块确定显示方式后,指示第二通知显示子模块按照所确定的显示方式,对通知消息b进行显示。As an example of this application, after the second cross-device notification center determines the display mode through the second cross-device notification management sub-module, it instructs the second notification display sub-module to display the notification message b according to the determined display mode.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一跨设备通知中心在将通知消息a转发给第二电子设备进行显示之后,还可能在本端对通知消息a进行删除处理。该种情况下,第一跨设备通知中心可以向第二跨设备通知中心发送状态更新指示信息,譬如将该状态更新指示信息发送给第一应用接续框架,第一应用接续框架转发给第一传输模块。之后,第一传输模块发送给第二传输模块,第二传输模块转发给第二应用接续框架,由第二应用接续框架传输给第二跨设备通知中心。相应的,第二跨设备通知中心接收到该状态更新指示信息后,删除与该通知消息a相关的数据,譬如删除通知消息b以及封装数据,从而实现与第一电子设备同步。As an example of this application, after the first cross-device notification center forwards the notification message a to the second electronic device for display, it may also delete the notification message a at the local end. In this case, the first cross-device notification center may send status update indication information to the second cross-device notification center, for example, send the status update indication information to the first application connection frame, and the first application connection frame forwards it to the first transmission module. After that, the first transmission module sends it to the second transmission module, and the second transmission module forwards it to the second application connection frame, and the second application connection frame transmits it to the second cross-device notification center. Correspondingly, after receiving the status update indication information, the second cross-device notification center deletes the data related to the notification message a, such as deleting the notification message b and the encapsulated data, thereby achieving synchronization with the first electronic device.
在本申请实施例中,第一电子设备根据第二电子设备的状态、使用者信息,确定是否要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备。并在转发通知消息a给第二电子设备且确定需要对通知消息a中的关键信息进行隐藏的情况下,对通知消息a中的关键信息进行隐藏显示。如此,通过自动对通知消息进行隐藏显示,可以避免泄露用户隐私,且提高了通知消息提示的智能化程度。In this embodiment of the present application, the first electronic device determines whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device based on the status and user information of the second electronic device. And when the notification message a is forwarded to the second electronic device and it is determined that the key information in the notification message a needs to be hidden, the key information in the notification message a is hidden and displayed. In this way, by automatically hiding and displaying notification messages, user privacy can be avoided and the intelligence of notification message prompts can be improved.
需要说明的是,上述是以第一电子设备在确定第二电子设备的使用状态是第一使用状态的情况下,确定需要转发通知消息a给第二电子设备以及确定不需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示为例。在另一实施例中,第一电子设备还可以在确定第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,根据使用者信息,确定是否转发通知消息a给第二电子设备以及确定是否需要对通知消息a进行隐藏显示,也即只要确定是使用状态,无论是否是第一使用状态,第一电子设备都会根据使用者信息确定是否转发以及是否需要隐藏。 相应的,第二电子设备在接收到通知消息a后,查询第二电子设备的使用状态,当第二电子设备处于第一使用状态时,在通知栏中显示通知消息a,当不是处于第一使用状态时,根据使用者信息,显示通知消息a。It should be noted that the above is based on the first electronic device determining that the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device and determining that the notification message a does not need to be processed when the first electronic device determines that the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status. Take hiding display as an example. In another embodiment, when the first electronic device determines that the second electronic device is in use, based on the user information, the first electronic device may determine whether to forward the notification message a to the second electronic device and determine whether the notification message a needs to be forwarded to the second electronic device. To perform hidden display, that is, as long as it is determined to be in use, regardless of whether it is the first use state, the first electronic device will determine whether to forward and whether it needs to be hidden based on the user information. Correspondingly, after receiving the notification message a, the second electronic device queries the usage status of the second electronic device. When the second electronic device is in the first usage status, the notification message a is displayed in the notification bar. When the second electronic device is not in the first usage status, When in use, notification message a is displayed based on user information.
另外需要说明的是,本申请实施例是以第二电子设备的使用状态是第一使用状态的情况下将通知消息a显示于通知栏中为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,还可以不区分是否是第一使用状态,也即在第二电子设备的工作模式是第一使用状态的情况下,第一电子设备可以根据第二电子设备的使用者情况,选择不转发通知消息a,譬如当第二电子设备的使用者不包括目标用户时,或者转发通知消息给第二电子设备但第二电子设备以横幅通知的方式显示通知消息a的部分信息,譬如当第二电子设备的使用者包括目标用户和其他用户时等。相应地,第二电子设备根据使用者信息,选择对应的方式显示通知消息a。In addition, it should be noted that the embodiment of the present application takes the example of displaying the notification message a in the notification bar when the usage state of the second electronic device is the first usage state. In another embodiment, it is not necessary to distinguish whether it is the first use state, that is, when the working mode of the second electronic device is the first use state, the first electronic device can be configured according to the user status of the second electronic device. situation, choose not to forward notification message a, for example, when the user of the second electronic device does not include the target user, or forward the notification message to the second electronic device but the second electronic device displays part of the information of notification message a in the form of a banner notification , for example, when the users of the second electronic device include the target user and other users. Correspondingly, the second electronic device selects a corresponding manner to display the notification message a according to the user information.
还需要说明是,上述是以通知消息是通讯类通知消息为例进行说明。在另一实施例中,该通知消息还可以是其他类型的通知消息,譬如以第一电子设备的手机1,第二电子设备是平板电脑2为例。当手机1中存在未接来电时,手机1中的通话应用程序会生成通知消息,此时该通知消息即为未接来电通知。手机1显示该未接来电通知,此外,手机1可以按照上述流程确定是否转发该未接来电通知给平板电脑2。在确定转发的情况下,平板电脑2根据使用情境,采用对应的方式显示该未接来电通知。示例性地,在手机1确定转发该通知消息的情况下,请参考图21中的(a)图,当平板电脑2中以横幅通知的方式显示该未接来电通知且不显示关键信息时,该横幅通知中对联系人信息、响铃时长等进行关键信息隐藏。再如,请参考图21中的(b)图,当平板电脑2在通知栏中显示该未接来电通知时,平板电脑2可以按照传统的方式显示该未接来电通知。It should also be noted that the above description is based on the example that the notification message is a communication notification message. In another embodiment, the notification message may also be other types of notification messages, for example, taking the first electronic device as a mobile phone 1 and the second electronic device as a tablet computer 2 as an example. When there is a missed call in mobile phone 1, the calling application in mobile phone 1 will generate a notification message. At this time, the notification message is the missed call notification. Mobile phone 1 displays the missed call notification. In addition, mobile phone 1 can determine whether to forward the missed call notification to tablet 2 according to the above process. When the forwarding is determined, the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in a corresponding manner according to the usage context. For example, when the mobile phone 1 determines to forward the notification message, please refer to (a) in Figure 21. When the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in the form of a banner notification and does not display key information, Key information such as contact information and ring duration are hidden in this banner notification. For another example, please refer to (b) in Figure 21. When the tablet computer 2 displays the missed call notification in the notification bar, the tablet computer 2 can display the missed call notification in a traditional manner.
还需要说明的是,上述是平板电脑2在横屏模式的显示效果示意图,在平板电脑2处于竖屏的情况下,当需要以横幅通知的方式对通知消息进行隐藏显示时,可以在横幅通知中对通知消息的内容进行分行显示,譬如如图22所示,其中“1条通知”可以显示于横幅通知的第二行。进一步地,该通知消息中显示的基本信息还可以包括时间信息,该时间信息用于指示该通知消息的生成时间,譬如如图22所示,时间信息为“刚刚”。It should also be noted that the above is a schematic diagram of the display effect of tablet computer 2 in landscape mode. When tablet computer 2 is in portrait mode, when the notification message needs to be hidden and displayed in the form of a banner notification, the notification message can be displayed in the banner notification. The content of the notification message is displayed in separate lines, as shown in Figure 22, where "1 notification" can be displayed on the second line of the banner notification. Further, the basic information displayed in the notification message may also include time information, and the time information is used to indicate the generation time of the notification message. For example, as shown in Figure 22, the time information is "just now".
还需要说明的是,上述是以与手机1能够进行通知同步的电子设备是平板电脑为例进行说明,在另一实施例中,与手机1能够进行通知同步的电子设备还可能是手机或电脑,此时同样可以按照上述情况对手机1中的通知消息进行提示,只是通知消息的显示格式或显示位置可能有所差别。示例性地,以在与手机1能够进行通知同步的电子设备是电脑为例,该种情况下,当需要在电脑中以横幅通知的方式对通知消息(譬如微信通知消息)进行隐藏显示时,显示效果可以如图23所示,该横幅通知显示于电脑右下角。进一步地,该横幅通知中还包括“内容已隐藏,鼠标移动到此处查看”,也即提示用户可以将鼠标移动至该横幅通知的显示位置处查看通知详情。It should also be noted that the above description is based on the example that the electronic device capable of synchronizing notifications with the mobile phone 1 is a tablet computer. In another embodiment, the electronic device capable of synchronizing notifications with the mobile phone 1 may also be a mobile phone or a computer. , at this time, the notification message in mobile phone 1 can also be prompted according to the above situation, but the display format or display position of the notification message may be different. For example, take the electronic device that can synchronize notifications with the mobile phone 1 as an example. In this case, when it is necessary to hide and display notification messages (such as WeChat notification messages) in the form of banner notifications on the computer, The display effect can be shown in Figure 23. The banner notification is displayed in the lower right corner of the computer. Furthermore, the banner notification also includes "The content has been hidden, move the mouse here to view", which means that the user can move the mouse to the display position of the banner notification to view the notification details.
为了便于理解,接下来对本申请实施例提供的通知消息提示的方法中,第一电子设备侧执行的操作流程进行介绍。请参考图24,该方法可以包括如下内容: For ease of understanding, the operation process performed by the first electronic device in the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced next. Please refer to Figure 24. This method can include the following:
步骤2401:通过应用程序A接收第一消息。Step 2401: Receive the first message through application A.
示例性地,应用程序A为即时通讯应用程序,第一消息为上述消息m。For example, application A is an instant messaging application, and the first message is the above message m.
步骤2402:通过应用程序A生成与第一消息相关的第一通知消息。Step 2402: Generate a first notification message related to the first message through application A.
也即是,在第一电子设备通过应用程序A接收到新的第一消息的情况下,通过该应用程序A生成第一通知消息。示例性地,该第一通知消息为微信通知消息。That is, in the case where the first electronic device receives a new first message through the application program A, the first notification message is generated through the application program A. For example, the first notification message is a WeChat notification message.
步骤2403:确定通知智能隐藏显示的功能是否开启。Step 2403: Determine whether the function of smart hiding and display of notifications is enabled.
通知智能隐藏显示的功能为能够根据设备使用情境自动选择通知消息的提示方式。The smart hiding and display function of notifications can automatically select the prompt method of notification messages based on the device usage context.
作为本申请的一个示例,第一电子设备通知第一跨设备通知中心确定通知智能隐藏显示的功能是否开启。As an example of this application, the first electronic device notifies the first cross-device notification center to determine whether the function of notifying intelligent hidden display is turned on.
在通知智能隐藏显示的功能开启的情况下,进入如下步骤2403,否则,在通知智能隐藏显示的功能未开启的情况下,进入如下步骤2408。If the function of notifying the intelligent hidden display is enabled, proceed to the following step 2403; otherwise, if the function of notifying the intelligent hidden display is not enabled, proceed to the following step 2408.
步骤2404:查询应用程序A的通知流转功能是否开启。Step 2404: Query whether the notification flow function of application A is enabled.
第一电子设备可以通过第一跨设备通知中心向第一通知配置中心查询应用程序A的通知流转功能是否开启。其具体确定过程可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D6。The first electronic device may query the first notification configuration center through the first cross-device notification center whether the notification flow function of application A is enabled. The specific determination process can be referred to step D6 in the embodiment shown in Figure 18.
在应用程序A的通知流转功能开启的情况下,进入如下步骤2405,否则,如果应用程序A的通知流转功能未开启,则进入如下步骤2408。If the notification flow function of application A is turned on, proceed to the following step 2405. Otherwise, if the notification flow function of application A is not turned on, proceed to the following step 2408.
需要说明的是,步骤2403和步骤2404均是可选操作。在一个实施例中,第一电子设备通过应用程序A生成第一通知消息后,可以直接执行如下步骤2405。It should be noted that both steps 2403 and 2404 are optional operations. In one embodiment, after the first electronic device generates the first notification message through application A, the first electronic device may directly perform the following step 2405.
步骤2405:根据预先存储的查询数据,确定是否将第一通知消息转发给第二电子设备。Step 2405: Determine whether to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device according to the pre-stored query data.
在一种可能的情况下,该查询数据包括第二电子设备的设备状态信息。在另一种可能的情况下,该查询数据包括第二电子设备的设备状态信息以及第二电子设备当前的使用者信息。In one possible case, the query data includes device status information of the second electronic device. In another possible situation, the query data includes device status information of the second electronic device and current user information of the second electronic device.
该查询数据可以是通过第一跨设备通知中心,周期性地获取并存储的,具体实现过程可以参见图14和图16所示的实施例。The query data may be periodically obtained and stored through the first cross-device notification center. For specific implementation processes, please refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 16 .
第一电子设备通过第一跨设备通知中心,根据预先存储的查询数据,确定是否将第一通知消息转发给第二电子设备,具体几种情况可以参见图17所示的实施例。在确定将第一通知消息转发给第二电子设备的情况下,进入如下步骤2406,否则,如果确定不将第一通知消息转发给第二电子设备,则进入如下步骤2408。The first electronic device determines whether to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device according to the pre-stored query data through the first cross-device notification center. For specific situations, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 . If it is determined to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device, proceed to the following step 2406; otherwise, if it is determined not to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device, proceed to the following step 2408.
步骤2406:对第一通知消息进行封装,得到封装数据。Step 2406: Encapsulate the first notification message to obtain encapsulated data.
第一电子设备通过第一跨设备通知中心对第一通知消息进行封装。其具体实现可以参见图18和图20所示实施例。The first electronic device encapsulates the first notification message through the first cross-device notification center. For its specific implementation, please refer to the embodiments shown in Figures 18 and 20.
步骤2407:将该封装数据发送给第二电子设备。Step 2407: Send the encapsulation data to the second electronic device.
其具体实现可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D13至步骤D14。For its specific implementation, please refer to steps D13 to D14 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤2408:结束提示流程。Step 2408: End the prompt process.
需要说明的是,结束提示流程是指第一电子设备不再按照本申请实施例提供的方法对通知消息进行提示。It should be noted that ending the prompt process means that the first electronic device no longer prompts notification messages according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
作为本申请的一个示例,当第一电子设备删除第一通知消息时,向第二电子设备发送状态更新指示信息,以使得第二电子设备删除第一通知消息,从而使得对第一通 知消息的提示与第一电子设备保持同步。As an example of this application, when the first electronic device deletes the first notification message, status update indication information is sent to the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device deletes the first notification message, thereby causing the first notification message to be deleted. The prompt of the notification message is synchronized with the first electronic device.
在本申请实施例中,第一电子设备中有新的第一通知消息时,根据预先获取到的第二电子设备的状态以及使用者情况,确定是否将第一通知消息转发给第二电子设备,避免在一些场景下泄露用户的隐私,并且,提高了通知消息提示的智能化程度。In this embodiment of the present application, when there is a new first notification message in the first electronic device, it is determined whether to forward the first notification message to the second electronic device based on the status of the second electronic device obtained in advance and the user situation. , to avoid leaking user privacy in some scenarios, and to improve the intelligence of notification message prompts.
接下来对本申请实施例提供的通知消息提示的方法中,第二电子设备侧执行的操作流程进行介绍。请参考图25,该方法可以包括如下内容:Next, the operation process performed by the second electronic device side in the notification message prompting method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced. Please refer to Figure 25. This method can include the following:
步骤2501:接收封装数据。Step 2501: Receive encapsulated data.
在一种可能的情况下,该封装数据包括第一通知消息的显示态数据。在另一种可能的情况下,该封装数据包括第一通知消息的显示态数据和隐藏态数据。具体可以参见图18和图20所示的实施例。In one possible case, the encapsulated data includes display status data of the first notification message. In another possible situation, the encapsulation data includes display state data and hidden state data of the first notification message. For details, please refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 20 .
在一个示例中,该封装数据还包括第二电子设备的使用者信息,如此,当后续需要根据使用者信息显示第一通知消息时,第二电子设备不再需要查询使用者信息,从而提高了通知消息的显示效率。In one example, the encapsulated data also includes the user information of the second electronic device. In this way, when the first notification message needs to be displayed based on the user information, the second electronic device no longer needs to query the user information, thereby improving Display efficiency of notification messages.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二电子设备通过第二跨设备通知中心接收封装数据。其具体实现可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D15至步骤D18。As an example of this application, the second electronic device receives the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification center. For its specific implementation, please refer to steps D15 to D18 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤2502:确定第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能是否开启。Step 2502: Determine whether the notification smart hiding display function of the second electronic device is turned on.
在第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能开启的情况下,进入如下步骤2503。否则,如果第二电子设备的通知智能隐藏显示的功能没有开启,则进入如下步骤2507。When the notification smart hiding display function of the second electronic device is turned on, the following step 2503 is entered. Otherwise, if the function of smart hiding and display of notifications of the second electronic device is not turned on, the following step 2507 is entered.
需要说明的是,步骤2502为可选操作。在另一个实施例中,第二电子设备在接收封装数据后,可以直接执行如下步骤2503。It should be noted that step 2502 is an optional operation. In another embodiment, after receiving the encapsulated data, the second electronic device may directly perform the following step 2503.
步骤2503:基于封装数据,构造第二通知消息。Step 2503: Construct a second notification message based on the encapsulated data.
第二电子设备通过第二跨设备通知中心基于封装数据,构造第二通知消息。具体地,第二电子设备通过第二跨设备通知管理子模块,基于封装数据,构造第二通知消息。其具体实现可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D19。The second electronic device constructs a second notification message based on the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification center. Specifically, the second electronic device constructs the second notification message based on the encapsulated data through the second cross-device notification management submodule. For its specific implementation, please refer to step D19 in the embodiment shown in Figure 18.
步骤2504:查询第二电子设备的使用状态是否为第一使用状态。Step 2504: Query whether the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status.
作为示例而非限定,第一使用状态包括共享桌面状态、投屏状态、被投屏状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。As an example and not a limitation, the first usage state includes a shared desktop state, a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, and a do-not-disturb mode state.
作为本申请的一个示例,第二电子设备通过第二跨设备通知中心,从第二决策引擎查询当前的使用状态,从而根据查询结果确定当前是否为第一使用状态。As an example of this application, the second electronic device queries the current usage status from the second decision engine through the second cross-device notification center, thereby determining whether the current usage status is the first usage status according to the query result.
在当前使用状态是第一使用状态的情况下,进入如下步骤2505;否则,如果当前的使用状态不是第一使用状态(譬如是第二使用状态),则进入如下步骤2506。If the current usage status is the first usage status, proceed to the following step 2505; otherwise, if the current usage status is not the first usage status (for example, the second usage status), proceed to the following step 2506.
步骤2505:在通知栏中显示第二通知消息。Step 2505: Display the second notification message in the notification bar.
其具体实现可以参见图18所示实施例中的步骤D21至步骤D24。For its specific implementation, please refer to steps D21 to D24 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 .
步骤2506:根据第二电子设备的使用者信息,显示第二通知消息。Step 2506: Display the second notification message according to the user information of the second electronic device.
其具体实现可以参见图20所示实施例中的步骤E21至步骤E24。For its specific implementation, please refer to steps E21 to E24 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 .
步骤2507:结束显示。Step 2507: End display.
在步骤2507中,第二电子设备不对第二通知消息进行显示。In step 2507, the second electronic device does not display the second notification message.
在本申请实施例中,第二电子设备根据自身当前的使用情境,自动选择提示消息 a的显示方式,也即当确定需要隐藏关键信息时,对关键信息进行隐藏,并在一些第一使用状态下,不横幅显示第一通知消息,在通知栏中显示第一通知消息。如此,不仅可以智能化避免隐私泄露,还可以避免因横幅显示通知消息对用户造成视觉干扰的问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the second electronic device automatically selects a prompt message based on its current usage context. The display method of a is that when it is determined that key information needs to be hidden, the key information is hidden, and in some first usage states, the first notification message is not displayed as a banner and the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar. In this way, not only can privacy leaks be avoided intelligently, but also the problem of visual interference to users caused by banner display notification messages can be avoided.
图26是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图,该电子设备可以是上述各个实施例中的第一电子设备或第二电子设备。参见图26,该电子设备包括至少一个处理器2601、通信总线2602、存储器2603、至少一个通信接口2604。FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The electronic device may be the first electronic device or the second electronic device in the above embodiments. Referring to Figure 26, the electronic device includes at least one processor 2601, a communication bus 2602, a memory 2603, and at least one communication interface 2604.
处理器2601可以是微处理器(包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)等)、特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者可以是一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 2601 may be a microprocessor (including a central processing unit (CPU), etc.), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the solution of the present application. Integrated circuit for program execution.
通信总线2602可包括一通路,用于在上述组件之间传送信息。Communication bus 2602 may include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
存储器2603可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-Only memory,EEPROM)、光盘(包括只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)、压缩光盘、激光盘、数字通用光盘、蓝光光盘等)、磁盘存储介质或者其它磁存储设备,或者是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其它介质,但不限于此。存储器2603可以是独立存在,并通过通信总线2602与处理器2601相连接。存储器2603也可以和处理器2601集成在一起。The memory 2603 can be read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), optical disk ( Including compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), compressed disc, laser disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store Without limitation, any other medium that may be the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being accessed by a computer. The memory 2603 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 2601 through the communication bus 2602. The memory 2603 may also be integrated with the processor 2601.
通信接口2604使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其它设备或通信网络通信,如以太网、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)等。The communication interface 2604 uses any device such as a transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (radio access network, RAN), wireless local area network (WLAN), etc.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器2601可以包括一个或多个CPU,如图26中所示的CPU0和CPU1。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 2601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 as shown in Figure 26.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,电子设备可以包括多个处理器,如图26中所示的处理器2601和处理器2605。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器,也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the electronic device may include multiple processors, such as processor 2601 and processor 2605 shown in Figure 26. Each of these processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
作为一种实施例,电子设备还可以包括输出设备2606和输入设备2607。输出设备2606和处理器2601通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备2606可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备、阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备2607和处理器2601通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备2607可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。As an embodiment, the electronic device may also include an output device 2606 and an input device 2607. Output device 2606 communicates with processor 2601 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 2606 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device or a projector (projector), etc. . Input device 2607 communicates with processor 2601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 2607 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
作为一个示例,电子设备还可以包括摄像头2608,用于采集图像,譬如可以至少包括前置摄像头。As an example, the electronic device may also include a camera 2608 for collecting images, which may include at least a front-facing camera.
上述电子设备可以是一个通用电子设备或一个专用电子设备。在具体实现中,电子设备可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑、移动手机、平板电脑、 无线终端设备、通信设备或嵌入式设备,本申请实施例不限定电子设备的类型。The above-mentioned electronic device may be a general-purpose electronic device or a special-purpose electronic device. In specific implementation, the electronic device may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a handheld computer, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, Wireless terminal equipment, communication equipment or embedded equipment, the embodiments of this application do not limit the type of electronic equipment.
其中,存储器2603用于存储执行本申请方案的程序代码2610,处理器2601用于执行存储器2603中存储的程序代码2610。该电子设备可以通过处理器2601以及存储器2603中的程序代码2610,来实现上述各个实施例提供的方法。Among them, the memory 2603 is used to store the program code 2610 for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 2601 is used to execute the program code 2610 stored in the memory 2603. The electronic device can implement the methods provided by the above embodiments through the processor 2601 and the program code 2610 in the memory 2603.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意结合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,比如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(比如:同轴电缆、光纤、数据用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(比如:红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质,或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(比如:软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(比如:数字通用光盘(Digital Versatile Disc,DVD))或半导体介质(比如:固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, such as from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) methods. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (such as floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (such as Digital Versatile Disc (DVD)) or semiconductor media (such as Solid State Disk (SSD)) wait.
以上所述为本申请提供的可选实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的揭露的技术范围之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are optional embodiments provided for this application and are not intended to limit this application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be included in this application. within the scope of protection.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种通知消息的提示方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备能够实现通知同步,所述方法包括:A notification message prompting method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, and the first electronic device and the second electronic device can realize notification synchronization, and the method includes:
    接收第一消息;receive the first message;
    在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述第一通知消息后以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息的部分信息;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, so that when the second electronic device receives the first notification message Then display part of the information of the first notification message in the form of a banner notification;
    显示所述第一通知消息。Display the first notification message.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein after receiving the first message, it further includes:
    在所述第二电子设备处于非使用状态的情况下,不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备;或者,When the second electronic device is in a non-use state, do not forward the first notification message to the second electronic device; or,
    在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者中不包括所述目标用户,则不转发所述第一通知消息给所述第二电子设备。When the second electronic device is in use, if the current users of the second electronic device do not include the target user, the first notification message is not forwarded to the second electronic device.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and multiple users includes the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sending a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
    在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态且所述使用状态不是第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的所述第一通知消息;When the second electronic device is in use and the use state is not the first use state, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the third The target user of an electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sends the first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device;
    其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:The method of claim 3, wherein after receiving the first message, it further includes:
    在所述第二电子设备处于所述第一使用状态的情况下,将所述第一通知消息的显示态数据发送给所述第二电子设备,用于所述第二电子设备在收到所述显示态数据后在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。When the second electronic device is in the first use state, the display status data of the first notification message is sent to the second electronic device for the second electronic device to After the display state data is displayed, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar, and the display state data is data in which key information hiding processing is not performed on the first notification message.
  5. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。The method of claim 3 or 4, wherein the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a do not disturb mode enabled state.
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and multiple users includes the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sending a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
    在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送所述第一通知消息的隐藏态 数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据。When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device sends the hidden state of the first notification message to the second electronic device. data and display state data, the hidden state data is the data after the key information hiding process is performed on the first notification message, and the display state data is the data after the key information hiding process is not performed on the first notification message.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备包括第一跨设备通知中心、第一应用接续框架以及第一传输模块;所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息,包括:The method of claim 6, wherein the first electronic device includes a first cross-device notification center, a first application connection framework and a first transmission module; In the case of , if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined , then sending a first notification message related to the first message to the second electronic device, including:
    在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述第一通知消息封装成所述隐藏态数据;When the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or it cannot be determined If the current user of the second electronic device is the first cross-device notification center, the first notification message is encapsulated into the hidden data;
    所述第一跨设备通知中心将所述隐藏态数据、所述显示态数据和所述第二电子设备的地址信息发送给所述第一应用接续框架;The first cross-device notification center sends the hidden state data, the displayed state data and the address information of the second electronic device to the first application connection framework;
    所述第一应用接续框架按照指定传输协议的封装格式,对所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据进行封装,得到封装数据;The first application connection framework encapsulates the hidden data and the displayed data according to the encapsulation format of the specified transmission protocol to obtain encapsulated data;
    所述第一应用接续框架将所述封装数据和所述地址信息发送给所述第一传输模块;The first application connection framework sends the encapsulated data and the address information to the first transmission module;
    所述第一传输模块基于所述地址信息,向第二电子设备发送所述封装数据。The first transmission module sends the encapsulation data to the second electronic device based on the address information.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述封装数据中还包括所述第二电子设备的使用者信息。The method of claim 7, wherein the packaging data further includes user information of the second electronic device.
  9. 如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is more than The one and more users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sending a third message related to the first message to the second electronic device. A notification message also includes:
    根据存储的第二电子设备的查询数据中的设备状态信息,确定所述第二电子设备的状态,所述查询数据是周期性从所述第二电子设备中获取的;Determine the status of the second electronic device according to the device status information in the stored query data of the second electronic device, where the query data is periodically obtained from the second electronic device;
    在所述设备状态信息指示所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,根据所述查询数据中的使用者信息,确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者情况。When the device status information indicates that the second electronic device is in use, the current user status of the second electronic device is determined based on the user information in the query data.
  10. 如权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第二电子设备处于使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则向所述第二电子设备发送与所述第一消息相关的第一通知消息之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein when the second electronic device is in use, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is more than The one and more users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, then sending a third message related to the first message to the second electronic device. After the notification message, it also includes:
    当所述第一通知消息的显示状态发生变更时,向所述第二电子设备发送状态更新指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新。When the display status of the first notification message changes, status update instruction information is sent to the second electronic device, and the status update instruction information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message.
  11. 一种通知消息的提示方法,其特征在于,应用于第二电子设备,所述第二电子设备与第一电子设备能够实现通知同步,所述方法包括:A notification message prompting method, characterized in that it is applied to a second electronic device, and the second electronic device and the first electronic device can realize notification synchronization, and the method includes:
    接收所述第一电子设备发送的第一通知消息;Receive the first notification message sent by the first electronic device;
    在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。 When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:The method of claim 11, wherein the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the target user of the first electronic device cannot When the current user of the second electronic device is determined, based on the first notification message, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification, including:
    在所述第二电子设备的使用状态不是第一使用状态的情况下,若所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者,则基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息;When the usage status of the second electronic device is not the first usage status, if the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user, or it cannot be determined The current user of the second electronic device displays part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification based on the first notification message;
    其中,所述第一使用状态是指不允许以横幅通知的方式显示提示消息的使用状态。Wherein, the first usage status refers to a usage status that does not allow prompt messages to be displayed in the form of banner notifications.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, further comprising:
    在所述第二电子设备的使用状态是所述第一使用状态的情况下,在通知栏中显示所述第一通知消息。When the usage status of the second electronic device is the first usage status, the first notification message is displayed in the notification bar.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一使用状态包括投屏状态、被投屏状态、共享桌面状态、开启免打扰模式的状态。The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein the first usage state includes a screen casting state, a screen being projected state, a shared desktop state, and a do-not-disturb mode state.
  15. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收所述第一电子设备发送的第一通知消息,包括:The method of claim 11, wherein receiving the first notification message sent by the first electronic device includes:
    接收所述第一电子设备发送的封装数据,所述封装数据包括所述第一通知消息的隐藏态数据和显示态数据,所述隐藏态数据是对所述第一通知消息中的关键信息进行隐藏处理后的数据,所述显示态数据是未对所述第一通知消息进行关键信息隐藏处理的数据;Receive encapsulated data sent by the first electronic device, where the encapsulated data includes hidden state data and displayed state data of the first notification message, where the hidden state data is performed on key information in the first notification message. Hide the processed data, and the displayed data is data for which key information hiding processing has not been performed on the first notification message;
    在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述第一通知消息,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the first notification message, display part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, including:
    在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, Based on the hidden state data and the displayed state data, part of the information in the first notification message is displayed in the form of a banner notification.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二电子设备包括第二跨设备通知中心和第二通知管理服务框架;The method of claim 15, wherein the second electronic device includes a second cross-device notification center and a second notification management service framework;
    所述在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,基于所述隐藏态数据和所述显示态数据,以横幅通知的方式显示所述第一通知消息中的部分信息,包括:The situation is that the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined. Next, based on the hidden state data and the displayed state data, display part of the information in the first notification message in the form of a banner notification, including:
    所述第二跨设备通知中心基于所述显示态数据,构造第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息携带所述隐藏态数据;The second cross-device notification center constructs a second notification message based on the displayed state data, and the second notification message carries the hidden state data;
    所述第二跨设备通知中心将所述第二通知消息发送给所述第二跨设备通知中心;The second cross-device notification center sends the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center;
    所述第二通知管理服务框架将所述第二通知消息上报给所述第二跨设备通知中心;The second notification management service framework reports the second notification message to the second cross-device notification center;
    在所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的数量为多个且多个使用者中包括所述第一电子设备的目标用户,或者无法确定所述第二电子设备当前的使用者的情况下,所述第 二跨设备通知中心以所述横幅通知的方式显示所述第二通知消息,显示的所述第二通知消息中包括所述隐藏态数据。When the number of current users of the second electronic device is multiple and the multiple users include the target user of the first electronic device, or the current user of the second electronic device cannot be determined, The mentioned The second cross-device notification center displays the second notification message in the form of the banner notification, and the displayed second notification message includes the hidden state data.
  17. 如权利要求11-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-16, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收所述第二电子设备发送的状态更新指示信息,所述状态更新指示信息用于指示对所述第一通知消息进行状态同步更新;Receive status update indication information sent by the second electronic device, where the status update indication information is used to instruct status synchronization update of the first notification message;
    根据所述状态更新指示信息,对所述第一通知消息的显示状态进行更新。The display status of the first notification message is updated according to the status update indication information.
  18. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备的结构中包括处理器和存储器;An electronic device, characterized in that the structure of the electronic device includes a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储支持所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法的程序,以及存储用于实现如权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法所涉及的数据;或者,The memory is used to store programs that support the electronic device to perform the method as described in any one of claims 1-10, and to store data involved in implementing the method as described in any one of claims 1-10. ;or,
    所述存储器用于存储支持所述电子设备执行如权利要求11-17任意一项所述的方法的程序,以及存储用于实现如权利要求11-17任意一项所述的方法所涉及的数据。The memory is used to store programs that support the electronic device to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 11-17, and to store data involved in implementing the method as claimed in any one of claims 11-17. .
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法,或者,执行如权利要求11-17任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10, or , perform the method as described in any one of claims 11-17.
PCT/CN2023/088734 2022-07-31 2023-04-17 Method for prompting notification message, and electronic device and readable storage medium WO2024027203A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210912816.6 2022-07-31
CN202210912816.6A CN117527957A (en) 2022-07-31 2022-07-31 Notification message prompting method, electronic device and readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024027203A1 true WO2024027203A1 (en) 2024-02-08

Family

ID=89740632

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/088734 WO2024027203A1 (en) 2022-07-31 2023-04-17 Method for prompting notification message, and electronic device and readable storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117527957A (en)
WO (1) WO2024027203A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111404802A (en) * 2020-02-19 2020-07-10 华为技术有限公司 Notification processing system and method and electronic equipment
CN114125786A (en) * 2021-12-29 2022-03-01 荣耀终端有限公司 Message synchronization method, readable medium and electronic device
CN114173204A (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-03-11 华为技术有限公司 Message prompting method, electronic equipment and system
CN114500442A (en) * 2021-08-30 2022-05-13 荣耀终端有限公司 Message management method and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113890745B (en) * 2020-07-02 2023-02-03 华为技术有限公司 Service connection decision method, device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111404802A (en) * 2020-02-19 2020-07-10 华为技术有限公司 Notification processing system and method and electronic equipment
CN114173204A (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-03-11 华为技术有限公司 Message prompting method, electronic equipment and system
CN114500442A (en) * 2021-08-30 2022-05-13 荣耀终端有限公司 Message management method and electronic equipment
CN114125786A (en) * 2021-12-29 2022-03-01 荣耀终端有限公司 Message synchronization method, readable medium and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117527957A (en) 2024-02-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11659098B2 (en) Information reminding method and apparatus, and electronic terminal
US9690601B2 (en) Dynamic profile switching based on user identification
JP2021512379A (en) Blockchain-based smart contract calling methods and devices, and electronic devices
US11140315B2 (en) Method, storage medium, terminal device, and server for managing push information
US10198238B2 (en) Data transmission method, and relevant device and system
US11954396B2 (en) Screen projection status determining method and apparatus
US11829588B2 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for generating resource value transfer request
WO2023056766A1 (en) Information display method and apparatus
US20140196060A1 (en) Web service api for unified contact store
CN112420217B (en) Message pushing method, device, equipment and storage medium
US20220414178A1 (en) Methods, apparatuses and systems for displaying alarm file
CN111723163B (en) Information processing method, device and system
WO2024027203A1 (en) Method for prompting notification message, and electronic device and readable storage medium
CN114066370A (en) Inventory service calling method, device, equipment, storage medium and program product
CN111400137B (en) Storage method and device of monitoring event, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN114567790A (en) Information display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN114138413A (en) Icon display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN116048829B (en) Interface calling method, device and storage medium
CN116382896B (en) Calling method of image processing algorithm, terminal equipment, medium and product
CN115344860B (en) Method for managing application program and electronic equipment
CN114936048B (en) Configuration management method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN114125530B (en) Information display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN109150689A (en) Comment processing method and device, the device for commenting on processing
CN115204981A (en) Table processing method, device and equipment based on article occupation and storage medium
CN117648144A (en) Image processing method, device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23848914

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1